TW202107201A - Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device - Google Patents

Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202107201A
TW202107201A TW109113580A TW109113580A TW202107201A TW 202107201 A TW202107201 A TW 202107201A TW 109113580 A TW109113580 A TW 109113580A TW 109113580 A TW109113580 A TW 109113580A TW 202107201 A TW202107201 A TW 202107201A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
repeating unit
radiation
general formula
acid
Prior art date
Application number
TW109113580A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吉村務
後藤研由
金子明弘
岡宏哲
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202107201A publication Critical patent/TW202107201A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which, when used in pattern formation with EUV light, gives patterns having few defects and which, even after long-term storage, gives patterns having excellent LWR performance. Also provided are a method for forming a pattern and a method for producing an electronic device which relate to the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprises an acid-decomposable resin and a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, wherein the acid-decomposable resin includes repeating unit a1, which is represented by general formula (A1). In general formula (A1), RQ represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.

Description

感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、圖案形成方法、電子元件的製造方法Sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic component

本發明是有關於一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、圖案形成方法及電子元件的製造方法。The present invention relates to a photosensitive radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and a manufacturing method of electronic components.

於積體電路(Integrated Circuit,IC)及大規模積體電路(Large Scale Integrated circuit,LSI)等半導體元件的製造製程中,藉由使用感光性組成物的微影來進行微細加工。 作為微影的方法,可列舉於由感光性組成物形成抗蝕劑膜後對所得的膜進行曝光,然後進行顯影的方法。尤其是,近年來,進行了在曝光時使用極紫外線(Extreme ultraviolet,EUV)光的研究(專利文獻1)。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]In the manufacturing process of semiconductor components such as Integrated Circuit (IC) and Large Scale Integrated Circuit (LSI), microfabrication is performed by using photolithography of photosensitive composition. As a method of lithography, a method of forming a resist film from a photosensitive composition, exposing the resulting film, and then developing it can be cited. In particular, in recent years, research has been conducted to use extreme ultraviolet (EUV) light for exposure (Patent Document 1). [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2016-85382號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-85382

[發明所欲解決之課題] 近年來,要求可進一步減少使用EUV光所形成的圖案的缺陷。另外,要求即使於製造後長期(例如180天)保存後應用於圖案形成的情況下,所得的圖案的線寬粗糙度(line width roughness,LWR)性能亦良好。[The problem to be solved by the invention] In recent years, it has been required to further reduce defects in patterns formed using EUV light. In addition, it is required that the line width roughness (LWR) performance of the resulting pattern is good even when it is applied to pattern formation after long-term (for example, 180 days) storage after manufacturing.

因此,本發明的課題在於提供一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,可抑制使用EUV光所形成的圖案中的缺陷的產生,即使於長期保存的情況下,亦可獲得LWR性能優異的圖案。 另外,本發明的課題在於提供一種有關所述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的圖案形成方法及電子元件的製造方法。 [解決課題之手段]Therefore, the subject of the present invention is to provide a sensitized radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, which can suppress the occurrence of defects in patterns formed by EUV light, and can obtain excellent LWR performance even in the case of long-term storage. picture of. In addition, the subject of the present invention is to provide a method for forming a pattern of the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a method for manufacturing an electronic component. [Means to solve the problem]

本發明者等人發現藉由以下構成可解決所述課題。The inventors of the present invention found that the problem can be solved by the following configuration.

[1] 一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,包含:酸分解性樹脂、以及藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物, 所述酸分解性樹脂具有通式(A1)所表示的重複單元a1; [化1]

Figure 02_image001
通式(A1)中,RQ 表示氫原子或有機基。 [2] 如[1]所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a1包含具有酸分解性基的重複單元a2。 [3] 如[2]所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a2包含通式(A2)所表示的重複單元a3; [化2]
Figure 02_image004
通式(A2)中,RQ1 ~RQ3 分別獨立地表示烷基; RQ1 ~RQ3 中的兩個可彼此鍵結而形成環。 [4] 如[1]~[3]中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a1包含RQ 表示氫原子或基X的重複單元a4, 所述基X是具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基的基且並非為脫離基。 [5] 如[4]所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a4包含重複單元a5,所述重複單元a5含有進而具有氟原子的所述基X。 [6] 如[5]所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a5包含重複單元a6,所述重複單元a6含有具有六氟丙醇基的所述基X。 [7] 如[1]~[6]中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述酸分解性樹脂具有通式(B1)所表示的重複單元b5; [化3]
Figure 02_image006
通式(B1)中,X表示氫原子、烷基或氟原子以外的鹵素原子; LB 表示單鍵或-COO-; RB1 表示基Z,所述基Z是具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基、且具有氟原子且並非為脫離基。 [8] 如[7]所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元b5包含重複單元b6,所述重複單元b6含有具有六氟丙醇基的所述基Z。 [9] 如[1]~[8]中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物包含通式(PA-1)所表示的化合物; [化4]
Figure 02_image008
通式(PA-1)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -RP 或-CO-RP ;RP 表示有機基; M+ 表示陽離子。 [10] 如[1]~[9]中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物包含通式(PB)所表示的化合物; M1 + A- -L-B- M2 + (PB) 通式(PB)中,M1 + 及M2 + 分別獨立地表示有機陽離子; L表示二價有機基; A- 表示酸根陰離子基; 其中,在通式(PB)所表示的化合物的M1 + 及M2 + 分別經氫原子取代的HA-L-BH所表示的化合物中,HA所表示的基的pKa比BH所表示的基的pKa低; B- 表示通式(B-1)~(B-4)中的任一者所表示的基; [化5]
Figure 02_image010
所述通式(B-1)~(B-4)中,*表示鍵結位置; 所述通式(B-1)~(B-4)中,RB 表示有機基。 [11] 如[1]~[10]中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中相對於總固體成分,所述藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物的含量為15質量%以上。 [12] 一種圖案形成方法,包括: 使用如[1]~[11]中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物於基板上形成抗蝕劑膜的步驟; 對所述抗蝕劑膜進行曝光的步驟;以及 使用顯影液對所述經曝光的抗蝕劑膜進行顯影而形成圖案的步驟。 [13] 一種電子元件的製造方法,包括如[12]所述的圖案形成方法。 [發明的效果][1] A photosensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising: an acid-decomposable resin and a compound that generates acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, the acid-decomposable resin having the general formula (A1 ) The repeating unit a1; [化1]
Figure 02_image001
In the general formula (A1), R Q represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. [2] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the repeating unit a1 includes a repeating unit a2 having an acid-decomposable group. [3] The sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [2], wherein the repeating unit a2 includes the repeating unit a3 represented by the general formula (A2); [化2]
Figure 02_image004
In the general formula (A2), R Q1 to R Q3 each independently represent an alkyl group; two of R Q1 to R Q3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. [4] The sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the repeating unit a1 includes a repeating unit a4 in which R Q represents a hydrogen atom or a group X, The group X has one or more selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonamide group, an amide group, a carboxylic acid group, and a photoacid generating group The base of the specific base is not a detached base. [5] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [4], wherein the repeating unit a4 includes a repeating unit a5, and the repeating unit a5 includes the group X further having a fluorine atom. [6] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [5], wherein the repeating unit a5 includes a repeating unit a6, and the repeating unit a6 includes the group X having a hexafluoropropanol group. . [7] The sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the acid-decomposable resin has a repeating unit b5 represented by the general formula (B1); [化3]
Figure 02_image006
In the general formula (B1), X represents a halogen atom other than a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorine atom; L B represents a single bond or -COO-; R B1 represents a group Z, the group Z is a radical selected from the group consisting of a lactone, One or more specific groups in the group consisting of a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a amide group, a carboxylic acid group, and a photoacid generating group, and has a fluorine atom and is not a leaving group . [8] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [7], wherein the repeating unit b5 includes a repeating unit b6, and the repeating unit b6 includes the group Z having a hexafluoropropanol group. . [9] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the compound that generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation includes the general formula The compound represented by (PA-1); [化4]
Figure 02_image008
Formula (PA-1) in, A 1 and A 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -R P or -CO-R P; R P represents an organic group; M + represents a cation. [10] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the compound that generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation includes the general formula (PB) compound represented; M 1 + A -- LB - M 2 + (PB) In the general formula (PB), M 1 + and M 2 + each independently represent an organic cation; L represents a divalent organic group; A - represents an acid radical anion group; wherein, in the compound represented by HA-L-BH in which M 1 + and M 2 + of the compound represented by the general formula (PB) are replaced with hydrogen atoms, the group represented by HA is pKa is lower than the pKa of the group represented by BH; B - represents a group represented by any one of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-4); [化5]
Figure 02_image010
In the general formula (B-1) ~ (B -4), * represents a bonding position; in the general formula (B-1) ~ (B -4), R B represents an organic group. [11] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the resin composition is generated by irradiation of actinic rays or radiation with respect to the total solid content The content of the acid compound is 15% by mass or more. [12] A pattern forming method, comprising: forming a resist film on a substrate using the sensitized radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [11]; The step of exposing the resist film; and the step of developing the exposed resist film with a developing solution to form a pattern. [13] A method of manufacturing an electronic component, including the pattern forming method as described in [12]. [Effects of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,可抑制使用EUV光所形成的圖案中的缺陷的產生,即使於長期保存的情況下,亦可獲得LWR性能優異的圖案。 另外,根據本發明,可提供一種有關所述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的圖案形成方法及電子元件的製造方法。According to the present invention, a photosensitive radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be provided, which can suppress the occurrence of defects in patterns formed by EUV light, and can obtain patterns with excellent LWR performance even under long-term storage. . In addition, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for forming a pattern of the photosensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a method for manufacturing an electronic component.

以下,對用以實施本發明的形態的一例進行說明。 再者,本說明書中,使用「~」而表示的數值範圍是指包含「~」的前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的範圍的含義。 本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代或未經取代的表述亦包含不具有取代基的基與具有取代基的基。例如,所謂「烷基」不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 只要無特別說明,則取代基較佳為一價取代基。 所謂本說明書中的「有機基」,是指包含至少一個碳原子的基。Hereinafter, an example of a form for implementing the present invention will be described. In addition, in this specification, the numerical range shown using "-" means the meaning of the range including the numerical value described before and after "-" as the lower limit and the upper limit. In the expression of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the expression that does not describe substituted or unsubstituted also includes a group having no substituent and a group having a substituent. For example, the term "alkyl" includes not only an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also a substituted alkyl group (substituted alkyl group). Unless otherwise specified, the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent. The "organic group" in this specification refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.

本說明書中,作為鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。In this specification, as a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example.

本說明書中表述的二價基的鍵結方向只要無特別說明,則並不受限制。例如,於「X-Y-Z」形成的通式所表示的化合物中的Y為-COO-的情況下,Y可為-CO-O-,亦可為-O-CO-。另外,所述化合物可為「X-CO-O-Z」,亦可為「X-O-CO-Z」。The bonding direction of the divalent group described in this specification is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y in the compound represented by the general formula formed by "X-Y-Z" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-. In addition, the compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".

所謂本說明書中的「(甲基)丙烯酸基」為包含丙烯酸基及甲基丙烯酸基的總稱,且是指「丙烯酸基及甲基丙烯酸基中的至少一種」。同樣地,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」是指「丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸中的至少一種」。The "(meth)acryl group" in this specification is a general term including an acrylic group and a methacryl group, and means "at least one of an acrylic group and a methacryl group". Similarly, "(meth)acrylic acid" means "at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid".

所謂本說明書中的「光化射線」或「放射線」,例如是指水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X射線及電子束(EB:Electron Beam)等。所謂本說明書中的「光」,是指光化射線或放射線。 所謂本說明書中的「曝光」,只要無特別說明,則不僅是指利用水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線、X射線及EUV光等進行的曝光,亦包含利用電子束及離子束等粒子束進行的描繪。The "actinic rays" or "radiation rays" in this manual refer to, for example, the bright-ray spectrum of mercury lamps, extreme ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams. (EB: Electron Beam) and so on. The "light" in this specification refers to actinic rays or radiation. The "exposure" in this manual, unless otherwise specified, not only refers to exposure using the bright-line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet, extreme ultraviolet, X-ray and EUV light represented by excimer lasers, etc. Includes drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.

本說明書中,樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)、數量平均分子量(Mn)及分散度(亦稱為分子量分佈)(Mw/Mn)定義為藉由利用凝膠滲透層析(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)裝置(東曹(Tosoh)公司製造的HLC-8120GPC)進行的GPC測定(溶媒:四氫呋喃、流量(樣品注入量):10 μL、管柱:東曹(Tosoh)公司製造的TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、管柱溫度:40℃、流速:1.0 mL/分鐘、檢測器:示差折射率檢測器(Refractive Index Detector))所得的聚苯乙烯換算值。In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn) and dispersion (also called molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are defined as by using gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatography, GPC) ) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection volume): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL- manufactured by Tosoh) by the device (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh) M. Column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: Refractive Index Detector (Refractive Index Detector) obtained by polystyrene conversion value.

1 Å為1×10-10 m。1 Å is 1×10 -10 m.

本說明書中,所謂酸解離常數(pKa)表示水溶液中的pKa,具體而言是使用下述軟體包1,藉由計算求出基於哈米特(Hammett)的取代基常數及公知文獻值的資料庫的值而得的值。本說明書中記載的pKa的值全部表示使用所述軟體包並藉由計算而求出的值。In this specification, the so-called acid dissociation constant (pKa) means the pKa in an aqueous solution. Specifically, the following software package 1 is used to obtain data based on Hammett's substituent constant and publicly known literature values. Value derived from the value of the library. The values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using the software package.

軟體包1:用於Solaris的高級化學開發(Advanced Chemistry Development(ACD/Labs)軟體(software)V8.14 for Solaris(1994-2007 ACD/Labs))。Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs) for Solaris.

另一方面,pKa亦藉由分子軌道計算法求出。作為該具體的方法,可列舉基於熱力學循環,計算並算出溶媒中的H+ 解離自由能量的方法。(再者,本說明書中,作為所述溶媒,通常使用水,於在水中無法求出pKa的情況下,使用二甲基亞碸(dimethylsulfoxide,DMSO)) 關於H+ 解離自由能量的計算方法,例如可藉由密度泛函法(Density Functional Theory,DFT)進行計算,除此以外亦在文獻等中報告了其他各種方法,並不限制於此。再者,存在多個可實施DFT的軟體,例如可列舉高斯(Gaussian)16。On the other hand, pKa is also obtained by the molecular orbital calculation method. As this specific method, a method of calculating and calculating the H + dissociation free energy in the solvent based on the thermodynamic cycle can be cited. (Furthermore, in this specification, water is usually used as the solvent, and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) is used when the pKa cannot be obtained in water.) Regarding the calculation method of H + dissociation free energy, For example, the calculation can be performed by density functional theory (Density Functional Theory, DFT). In addition to this, various other methods have been reported in the literature, and they are not limited to this. Furthermore, there are many software that can implement DFT, for example, Gaussian 16 can be cited.

所謂本說明書中的pKa如上所述是指使用軟體包1,藉由計算求出基於哈米特的取代基常數及公知文獻值的資料庫的值而得的值,於無法藉由該方法計算出pKa的情況下,採用基於DFT(密度泛函法)並藉由高斯(Gaussian)16而所得的值。The so-called pKa in this specification refers to the value obtained by calculating the value of the database based on Hammett’s substituent constants and well-known literature values by using software package 1, as described above. Therefore, it cannot be calculated by this method. In the case of pKa, the value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (Density Functional Method) is used.

[感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物] 對本發明的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下,亦稱為「抗蝕劑組成物」)進行說明。 本發明的抗蝕劑組成物可為正型的抗蝕劑組成物,亦可為負型的抗蝕劑組成物。另外,可為鹼顯影用抗蝕劑組成物,亦可為有機溶劑顯影用抗蝕劑組成物。 本發明的組成物典型而言為化學增幅型抗蝕劑組成物。[Sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter, also referred to as "resist composition") of the present invention will be described. The resist composition of the present invention may be a positive type resist composition or a negative type resist composition. In addition, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.

本發明的抗蝕劑組成物包含:酸分解性樹脂、以及藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物,所述酸分解性樹脂具有重複單元a1,所述重複單元a1為後述的通式(A1)所表示的重複單元。 利用所述構成解決本發明的課題的機制雖未必明確,但本發明者等人如以下般考慮。 EUV光的波長為13.5 nm,與ArF(波長193 nm)光等相比波長更短,因此以相同的感度曝光時的入射光子數少。因此,光子數隨機分散的「光子散粒雜訊」的影響大,導致所得的圖案中的缺陷的增加及LWR性能的惡化。 因此,本發明中,抗蝕劑組成物中所含的酸分解性樹脂包含重複單元a1,所述重複單元a1為在α位具有氟原子的丙烯酸系重複單元(α-氟丙烯酸系重複單元)。認為所述重複單元的α位中的氟原子的存在可提高EUV光的吸收效率,且將樹脂相對於顯影液的相容性調整至適當的範圍,從而抑制所形成的圖案中的缺陷的產生及LWR性能的惡化。 另外,認為所述α位中的氟原子對酸分解性樹脂的穩定性的不良影響小,即使於長期保存抗蝕劑組成物的情況下,亦可抑制所形成的圖案的LWR性能的劣化。 以下,本說明書中,亦將可抑制所形成的圖案中的缺陷的產生的抗蝕劑組成物的特性稱為抗蝕劑組成物的缺陷抑制性優異。另外,亦將長期保存抗蝕劑組成物後所形成的圖案的LWR性能優異稱為抗蝕劑組成物的經時後LWR性能優異。 亦將抗蝕劑組成物的缺陷抑制性及經時後LWR性能中的至少一者優異稱為本發明的效果優異。The resist composition of the present invention includes an acid-decomposable resin and a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, the acid-decomposable resin having a repeating unit a1, and the repeating unit a1 is described later The repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1). Although the mechanism for solving the problem of the present invention by using the above configuration is not necessarily clear, the inventors of the present invention consider as follows. EUV light has a wavelength of 13.5 nm, which is shorter than that of ArF (wavelength 193 nm) light, etc., so the number of incident photons when exposed with the same sensitivity is small. Therefore, the "photon shot noise" in which the number of photons is randomly dispersed has a large influence, resulting in an increase in defects in the resulting pattern and deterioration in LWR performance. Therefore, in the present invention, the acid-decomposable resin contained in the resist composition includes a repeating unit a1 which is an acrylic repeating unit (α-fluoroacrylic repeating unit) having a fluorine atom at the α position . It is believed that the presence of fluorine atoms in the α position of the repeating unit can improve the absorption efficiency of EUV light, and adjust the compatibility of the resin with the developer to an appropriate range, thereby suppressing the occurrence of defects in the formed pattern And the deterioration of LWR performance. In addition, it is considered that the fluorine atom in the α position has a small adverse effect on the stability of the acid-decomposable resin, and even when the resist composition is stored for a long period of time, the deterioration of the LWR performance of the formed pattern can be suppressed. Hereinafter, in this specification, the characteristic of the resist composition that can suppress the occurrence of defects in the formed pattern is also referred to as being excellent in defect-suppressive properties of the resist composition. In addition, the excellent LWR performance of the pattern formed after long-term storage of the resist composition is also referred to as the excellent LWR performance of the resist composition over time. It is also referred to as being excellent in at least one of the defect suppression properties of the resist composition and the LWR performance over time as the effect of the present invention.

[抗蝕劑組成物的成分] 以下,對抗蝕劑組成物可含有的成分進行詳述。[Components of resist composition] Hereinafter, the components that can be contained in the resist composition are described in detail.

<(A)酸分解性樹脂> 抗蝕劑組成物包含酸分解性樹脂(以下,亦稱為「樹脂(A)」)。 樹脂(A)典型而言是因酸的作用而極性增大且相對於鹼性顯影液的溶解度增大、相對於有機溶劑的溶解度減少的樹脂。 樹脂(A)具有因酸的作用分解而生成極性基的基(換言之,極性基由因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基所保護的結構)。亦將所述基(結構)稱為酸分解性基。具有酸分解性基的樹脂(即,含有具有酸分解性基的重複單元的樹脂)因酸的作用而極性增大且相對於鹼性顯影液的溶解度增大,相對於有機溶劑的溶解度減少。 再者,如後所述,樹脂(A)亦可含有具有光酸產生基的重複單元。 其中,樹脂(A)較佳為具有酸解離常數(pKa)為13以下的酸基。如上所述,所述酸基的酸解離常數較佳為13以下,更佳為3~13,進而佳為5~10。 於具有所述規定的pKa的酸基的情況下,抗蝕劑組成物的保存穩定性優異,顯影更良好地進行。 作為酸解離常數(pKa)為13以下的酸基,例如可列舉:羧酸基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基(較佳為六氟異丙醇基)、磺酸基或磺醯胺基等。<(A) Acid decomposable resin> The resist composition contains an acid-decomposable resin (hereinafter also referred to as "resin (A)"). The resin (A) is typically a resin whose polarity increases due to the action of an acid, its solubility with respect to an alkaline developer increases, and its solubility with respect to an organic solvent decreases. The resin (A) has a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group (in other words, the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is detached by the action of an acid). The group (structure) is also referred to as an acid-decomposable group. A resin having an acid-decomposable group (that is, a resin containing a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group) increases in polarity due to the action of an acid, and has an increase in solubility with respect to an alkaline developer, and a decrease in solubility with respect to an organic solvent. In addition, as described later, the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group. Among them, the resin (A) preferably has an acid group with an acid dissociation constant (pKa) of 13 or less. As described above, the acid dissociation constant of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3-13, and still more preferably 5-10. In the case of an acid group having the predetermined pKa, the resist composition has excellent storage stability, and development proceeds more satisfactorily. Examples of acid groups having an acid dissociation constant (pKa) of 13 or less include carboxylic acid groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), sulfonic acid groups, or sulfonamide groups Wait.

(重複單元a1) 樹脂(A)具有重複單元a1。 重複單元a1為通式(A1)所表示的重複單元。(Repeat unit a1) The resin (A) has a repeating unit a1. The repeating unit a1 is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1).

[化6]

Figure 02_image012
[化6]
Figure 02_image012

通式(A1)中,RQ 表示氫原子或有機基。 RQ 所表示的有機基並無限制,例如可為作為-COO-RQ 整體而形成酸分解性基的基(該情況下,RQ 為脫離基),亦可並非所述基。 可為RQ 的一部分或整體為酸分解性基的基,亦可並非所述基。 RQ 可為極性基,亦可為不具有極性的基。 RQ 可為具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基(可為非芳香族性羥基亦可為芳香族性羥基)、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基的基,亦可並非所述基。 RQ 可具有氟原子,亦可不具有氟原子。In the general formula (A1), R Q represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group represented by R Q is not limited, and, for example, it may be a group that forms an acid-decomposable group as a whole -COO-R Q (in this case, R Q is a leaving group), or may not be the group. A part or the whole of R Q may be a group that is an acid-decomposable group, or it may not be the group. R Q may be a polar group or a non-polar group. R Q can be selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group (which may be a non-aromatic hydroxyl group or an aromatic hydroxyl group), a sulfonamide group, an amide group, and a carboxylic acid group. The group of one or more specific groups in the group consisting of a photoacid generating group may not be the group. R Q may have a fluorine atom or may not have a fluorine atom.

樹脂(A)中,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,通式(A1)所表示的重複單元的含量較佳為5莫耳%~100莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~100莫耳%,進而佳為20莫耳%~100莫耳%。 通式(A1)所表示的重複單元亦可使用兩種以上。In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1) is preferably from 5 mol% to 100 mol%, and more preferably from 10 mol% to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 100 mol%, more preferably 20 mol% to 100 mol%. Two or more types of repeating units represented by general formula (A1) may also be used.

·重複單元a2 重複單元a1亦較佳為含有具有酸分解性基的重複單元a2。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元a2。 更詳細而言,重複單元a2為通式(A1)所表示的重複單元,且為具有酸分解性基的重複單元(具有極性基由因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基所保護的結構的重複單元)。 換言之,重複單元a2是重複單元a1的一形態。·Repeat unit a2 It is also preferable that the repeating unit a1 contains a repeating unit a2 having an acid-decomposable group. That is, the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit a2. In more detail, the repeating unit a2 is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1), and is a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (a repeating unit having a structure in which a polar group is separated by a leaving group separated by an acid unit). In other words, the repeating unit a2 is a form of the repeating unit a1.

具有極性基由因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基所保護的結構(酸分解性基)的重複單元中的極性基較佳為鹼可溶性基,例如可列舉:羧酸基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基、磺酸基、磺醯胺基、磺醯亞胺基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)亞甲基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基羰基)亞甲基、雙(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基磺醯基)亞甲基、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺基、三(烷基羰基)亞甲基及三(烷基磺醯基)亞甲基等酸性基、以及醇性羥基等。 其中,極性基較佳為羧酸基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基(較佳為六氟異丙醇基)或磺酸基。 於極性基為羧酸基的情況下,通式(A1)中的RQ 可為脫離基本身。即,該情況下,形成有極性基(羧酸基)由脫離基(RQ )所保護的結構(酸分解性基),通式(A1)中的-COO-RQ 作為整體而構成酸分解性基。 另外,通式(A1)中的RQ 的一部分中可含有酸分解性基,RQ 亦可作為整體而構成酸分解性基。The polar group in the repeating unit having a structure (acid-decomposable group) protected by a leaving group detached by the action of an acid is preferably an alkali-soluble group, for example, carboxylic acid group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorine Alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamido group, sulfonamido group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl)methylene, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl)imide Group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imino, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imino, tri( Acidic groups such as alkylcarbonyl)methylene and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups. Among them, the polar group is preferably a carboxylic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group. In the case where the polar group is a carboxylic acid group, R Q in the general formula (A1) may be a radical body. That is, in this case, a polar group (carboxylic acid group) is formed with a structure (acid decomposable group) protected by a leaving group (R Q ), and -COO-R Q in the general formula (A1) as a whole constitutes an acid Decomposable base. In addition, a part of R Q in the general formula (A1) may contain an acid-decomposable group, and R Q as a whole may constitute an acid-decomposable group.

作為因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基,例如可列舉式(Y1)~(Y4)所表示的基。 式(Y1):-C(Rx1 )(Rx2 )(Rx3 ) 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx1 )(Rx2 )(Rx3 ) 式(Y3):-C(R36 )(R37 )(OR38 ) 式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)Examples of the leaving group to be released by the action of the acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4). Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 ) Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 ) Formula (Y3): -C (R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 ) Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)

式(Y1)及式(Y2)中,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、環烷基(單環或多環)、烯基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、或芳基(單環或多環)。再者,於Rx1 ~Rx3 全部為烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)的情況下,較佳為Rx1 ~Rx3 中的至少兩個為甲基。 其中,Rx1 ~Rx3 較佳為分別獨立地表示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基。 Rx1 ~Rx3 的兩個可鍵結而形成單環或多環。 Rx1 ~Rx3 的烷基較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三丁基等碳數1~5的烷基。所述烷基可具有的取代基較佳為羥基或鹵素原子。所述烷基較佳為未經取代的烷基、或者僅具有選自由羥基及鹵素原子所組成的群組中的作為取代基的烷基。 Rx1 ~Rx3 的環烷基較佳為環戊基或環己基等單環的環烷基、或降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 Rx1 ~Rx3 的芳基較佳為碳數6~10的芳基,例如可列舉:苯基、萘基及蒽基等。 Rx1 ~Rx3 的烯基較佳為乙烯基。 Rx1 ~Rx3 的兩個鍵結而形成的環較佳為環烷基。Rx1 ~Rx3 的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基較佳為環戊基或環己基等單環的環烷基、或者降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 Rx1 ~Rx3 的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基中,例如構成環的亞甲基的一個可經氧原子等雜原子、羰基等具有雜原子的基、或亞乙烯基取代。另外,該些環烷基中構成環烷烴環的伸乙基的一個以上可經伸乙烯基取代。 Rx1 ~Rx3 的兩個鍵結而形成的環可具有的取代基較佳為全鹵化烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為全氟烷基,較佳為碳數1~3)、羥基或鹵素原子。所述環較佳為未經取代的環、或僅具有選自由全鹵化烷基、羥基及鹵素原子所組成的群組中的取代基作為取代基的環。 式(Y1)或式(Y2)所表示的基較佳為例如Rx1 為甲基或乙基、Rx2 與Rx3 鍵結而形成所述環烷基的形態。In formula (Y1) and formula (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic), and alkenyl (linear or Branched), or aryl (monocyclic or polycyclic). Furthermore, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups. Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. The alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tertiary butyl. The substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom. The alkyl group is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group having only a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom. The cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, or a polycyclic group such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, or adamantyl. Cycloalkyl. The aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbons, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. The alkenyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a vinyl group. The ring formed by two bonding of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl formed by the two bonding of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl such as cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, or norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl or Polycyclic cycloalkyl such as adamantyl. In the cycloalkyl group formed by two bonding of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylene group. In addition, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring in these cycloalkyl groups may be substituted with ethylene groups. The substituent that the ring formed by the two bonding of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have is preferably a perhalogenated alkyl group (which may be linear or branched. Preferably, it is a perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably Carbon number 1-3), hydroxyl or halogen atom. The ring is preferably an unsubstituted ring or a ring having only a substituent selected from the group consisting of a perhalogenated alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, and a halogen atom as a substituent. The group represented by the formula (Y1) or the formula (Y2) is preferably a form in which, for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the cycloalkyl group.

式(Y3)中,R36 ~R38 分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基。R37 與R38 可彼此鍵結而形成環。作為一價有機基,可列舉:烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等。R36 亦較佳為氫原子。 再者,所述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中可含有氧原子等雜原子及/或羰基等具有雜原子的基。例如,所述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中,例如亞甲基的一個以上可經氧原子等雜原子及/或羰基等具有雜原子的基取代。In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As a monovalent organic group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, etc. are mentioned. R 36 is also preferably a hydrogen atom. In addition, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms and/or groups having heteroatoms such as carbonyl groups. For example, in the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group, one or more of, for example, a methylene group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.

式(Y3)較佳為下述式(Y3-1)所表示的基。Formula (Y3) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (Y3-1).

[化7]

Figure 02_image014
[化7]
Figure 02_image014

此處,L1 及L2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、或者將該些組合而成的基(例如將烷基與芳基組合而成的基)。 M表示單鍵或二價連結基。 Q表示可含有雜原子的烷基、可含有雜原子的環烷基、可含有雜原子的芳基、胺基、銨基、巰基、氰基、醛基、或者將該些組合而成的基(例如將烷基與環烷基組合而成的基)。 烷基及環烷基中,例如亞甲基的一個可經氧原子等雜原子或羰基等具有雜原子的基取代。 烷基亦較佳為例如氫原子的一個以上經氟原子取代而成為氟烷基(例如碳數1~5的氟烷基)。 再者,較佳為L1 及L2 中的其中一者為氫原子,另一者為烷基、環烷基、芳基或者將伸烷基與芳基組合而成的基。 Q、M及L1 中的至少兩個可鍵結而形成環(較佳為5員環或6員環)。 就圖案的微細化的方面而言,L2 較佳為二級烷基或三級烷基,更佳為三級烷基。作為二級烷基,例如可列舉:異丙基、環己基及降冰片基,作為三級烷基,例如可列舉第三丁基及金剛烷基。該些形態中,由於Tg(玻璃轉移溫度)及活性化能量變高,因此除了確保膜強度以外,亦可抑制灰霧。Here, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group formed by combining these (for example, a group formed by combining an alkyl group and an aryl group). M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Q represents an alkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, a cycloalkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, an aryl group that may contain a hetero atom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, or a combination of these (For example, a group formed by combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group). In the alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group, for example, one methylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. The alkyl group is also preferably, for example, one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom to become a fluoroalkyl group (for example, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). Furthermore, it is preferable that one of L 1 and L 2 is a hydrogen atom, and the other is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group formed by combining an alkylene group and an aryl group. At least two of Q, M and L 1 may be bonded to form a ring (preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring). In terms of the refinement of the pattern, L 2 is preferably a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group, and more preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Examples of the secondary alkyl group include isopropyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl, and examples of the tertiary alkyl group include tertiary butyl and adamantyl. In these forms, since Tg (glass transition temperature) and activation energy become high, in addition to ensuring film strength, fog can also be suppressed.

式(Y4)中,Ar表示芳香環基。Rn表示烷基、環烷基或芳基。Rn與Ar可彼此鍵結而形成非芳香族環。Ar較佳為芳基。In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may bond with each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is preferably an aryl group.

就重複單元的酸分解性優異的方面而言,於保護極性基的脫離基中,於非芳香族環與極性基(或其殘基)直接鍵結的情況下,所述非芳香族環中的、和與所述極性基(或其殘基)直接鍵結的環員原子鄰接的環員原子亦較佳為不具有氟原子等鹵素原子作為取代基。In terms of the excellent acid decomposability of the repeating unit, in the leaving group for protecting the polar group, when the non-aromatic ring is directly bonded to the polar group (or a residue thereof), the non-aromatic ring It is also preferable that the ring member atoms adjacent to the ring member atoms directly bonded to the polar group (or a residue thereof) do not have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom as a substituent.

因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基除此以外亦可為3-甲基-2-環戊烯基之類的具有取代基(烷基等)的2-環戊烯基、以及1,1,4,4-四甲基環己基之類的具有取代基(烷基等)的環己基。The leaving group that is released by the action of the acid may also be 2-cyclopentenyl with substituents (alkyl etc.) such as 3-methyl-2-cyclopentenyl, and 1,1, Cyclohexyl having substituents (alkyl etc.) such as 4,4-tetramethylcyclohexyl.

··重複單元a3 重複單元a2亦較佳為包含通式(A2)所表示的重複單元a3。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元a3。 換言之,重複單元a3為通式(A2)所表示的重複單元,且為重複單元a2的一形態。··Repeat unit a3 It is also preferable that the repeating unit a2 includes the repeating unit a3 represented by the general formula (A2). That is, the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit a3. In other words, the repeating unit a3 is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A2), and is a form of the repeating unit a2.

[化8]

Figure 02_image016
[化8]
Figure 02_image016

通式(A2)中,RQ1 ~RQ3 分別獨立地表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)。 RQ1 ~RQ3 的烷基較佳為分別獨立地為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三丁基等碳數1~5的烷基。所述烷基可具有的取代基較佳為羥基或鹵素原子。所述烷基較佳為未經取代的烷基、或者僅具有選自由羥基及鹵素原子所組成的群組中的作為取代基的烷基。In the general formula (A2), R Q1 to R Q3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched). The alkyl groups of R Q1 to R Q3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tertiary butyl. . The substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom. The alkyl group is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group having only a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.

RQ1 ~RQ3 中的兩個可彼此鍵結而形成環。 RQ1 ~RQ3 中的兩個鍵結而形成的環較佳為環烷基。 RQ1 ~RQ3 中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基較佳為環戊基或環己基等單環的環烷基,或者降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 RQ1 ~RQ3 中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基中,構成環的亞甲基的一個可經氧原子等雜原子、羰基等具有雜原子的基、或亞乙烯基取代。另外,該些環烷基中構成環烷烴環的伸乙基的一個以上可經伸乙烯基取代。 RQ1 ~RQ3 中的兩個鍵結而形成的環可具有的取代基較佳為全鹵化烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為全氟烷基,較佳為碳數1~3)、羥基或鹵素原子。所述環較佳為未經取代的環、或僅具有選自由全鹵化烷基、羥基及鹵素原子所組成的群組中的取代基作為取代基的環。Two of R Q1 to R Q3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding two of R Q1 to R Q3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl formed by the two bonding of R Q1 to R Q3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl such as cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, or norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, or tetracyclododecyl Or polycyclic cycloalkyl such as adamantyl. In the cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of R Q1 to R Q3 , one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylene group. In addition, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring in these cycloalkyl groups may be substituted with ethylene groups. The substituent that the ring formed by the two bonding of R Q1 to R Q3 may have is preferably a perhalogenated alkyl group (which may be linear or branched. It is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably It is carbon number 1 to 3), hydroxyl or halogen atom. The ring is preferably an unsubstituted ring or a ring having only a substituent selected from the group consisting of a perhalogenated alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, and a halogen atom as a substituent.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元a2(較佳為重複單元a3)的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為5莫耳%~90莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~85莫耳%,進而佳為20莫耳%~70莫耳%。 重複單元a2(較佳為重複單元a3)可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。In the case where the resin (A) has the repeating unit a2 (preferably the repeating unit a3), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 5 mol% to 90 mol% relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A), It is more preferably 10 mol% to 85 mol%, and still more preferably 20 mol% to 70 mol%. The repeating unit a2 (preferably the repeating unit a3) may be used singly, or two or more may be used.

·重複單元a4(重複單元a5、重複單元a6) 重複單元a1亦較佳為包含重複單元a4。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元a4。 重複單元a4為通式(A1)所表示的重複單元(重複單元A1)中的RQ 表示氫原子或基X的重複單元。 基X是具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基(可為非芳香族性羥基亦可為芳香族性羥基)、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基的基且並非為脫離基的基。 重複單元a4是重複單元a1的一形態。-Repeating unit a4 (repeating unit a5, repeating unit a6) It is also preferable that the repeating unit a1 includes the repeating unit a4. That is, the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit a4. The repeating unit a4 is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1) (repeating unit A1) where R Q represents a hydrogen atom or a repeating unit of the group X. The group X is selected from the group consisting of lactone, sultone, carbonate, hydroxy (non-aromatic hydroxy or aromatic), sulfonamide, amide, carboxylic acid and The group of one or more specific groups in the group consisting of the photoacid generating group is not a group leaving the group. The repeating unit a4 is a form of the repeating unit a1.

重複單元a4中,作為RQ 的選擇項的基X為具有特定基的基且並非為脫離基的基。 所謂「並非為脫離基的基」是指並非為關於重複單元a2而進行了說明的「因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基」的基。具體而言,「並非為脫離基的基」不相當於所述式(Y1)~(Y4)所表示的基。 重複單元a4較佳為與重複單元a2及/或重複單元a3不同。In the repeating unit a4, the group X as an option for R Q is a group having a specific group and is not a group leaving a group. The term "a group that is not a leaving group" refers to a group of "a leaving group that is detached by the action of an acid" which is not described for the repeating unit a2. Specifically, "the group that is not a leaving group" does not correspond to the group represented by the above-mentioned formulas (Y1) to (Y4). The repeating unit a4 is preferably different from the repeating unit a2 and/or the repeating unit a3.

於RQ 為基X的情況下,RQ 可為特定基本身,RQ 的一部分中亦可包含特定基。When R Q is the base X, R Q may be a specific base itself, and a part of R Q may also include a specific base.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元a4的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為1莫耳%~70莫耳%,更佳為2莫耳%~60莫耳%,進而佳為3莫耳%~50莫耳%。 重複單元a4可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。In the case where the resin (A) has the repeating unit a4, relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 1 mol% to 70 mol%, more preferably 2 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 3 mol% to 50 mol%. One type of repeating unit a4 may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

重複單元a4亦較佳為包含重複單元a5,所述重複單元a5含有進而具有氟原子的基X。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元a5。 更詳細而言,重複單元a5為如下形態的重複單元:通式(A1)所表示的重複單元中,RQ 為所述基X且所述基X為具有氟原子的基。 即,重複單元a5為重複單元a4的一形態。It is also preferable that the repeating unit a4 includes a repeating unit a5, and the repeating unit a5 contains a group X further having a fluorine atom. That is, the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit a5. In more detail, the repeating unit a5 is a repeating unit of the following form: in the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1), R Q is the group X and the group X is a group having a fluorine atom. That is, the repeating unit a5 is one aspect of the repeating unit a4.

其中,重複單元a5亦較佳為包含重複單元a6,所述重複單元a6含有具有六氟丙醇基(「-C(CF3 )2 OH」所表示的基)的基X。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元a6。 更詳細而言,重複單元6為如下形態的重複單元:通式(A1)所表示的重複單元中,RQ 為所述基X且所述基X為具有六氟異丙醇基的基。 即,重複單元a6亦可為重複單元a4及重複單元a5的一形態。Among them, the repeating unit a5 also preferably includes the repeating unit a6, and the repeating unit a6 includes a group X having a hexafluoropropanol group (a group represented by "-C(CF 3 ) 2 OH"). That is, it is also preferable that the resin (A) has a repeating unit a6. In more detail, the repeating unit 6 is a repeating unit of the following form: in the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1), R Q is the group X and the group X is a group having a hexafluoroisopropanol group. That is, the repeating unit a6 may be one form of the repeating unit a4 and the repeating unit a5.

··重複單元a4-0 於通式(A1)所表示的重複單元的RQ 為氫原子的情況下,亦將所述重複單元稱為重複單元a4-0。 於樹脂(A)具有重複單元a4-0的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為1莫耳%~30莫耳%,更佳為2莫耳%~20莫耳%,進而佳為3莫耳%~15莫耳%。 ·· Repeating unit a4-0 When R Q of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1) is a hydrogen atom, the repeating unit is also referred to as repeating unit a4-0. When the resin (A) has the repeating unit a4-0, the content of the repeating unit is preferably 1 mol% to 30 mol%, more preferably 2 mol%, relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A) %-20 mol%, more preferably 3 mol%-15 mol%.

··重複單元a4-1 重複單元a4中,於RQ 為具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基及碳酸酯基所組成的群組中的至少一種作為特定基的基X的情況下,亦將所述重複單元a4稱為重複單元a4-1。·· Repeating unit a4-1 In the repeating unit a4, when R Q is a group X having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group as a specific group, The repeating unit a4 is also referred to as repeating unit a4-1.

所述內酯基、所述磺內酯基及所述碳酸酯基亦較佳為具有氟原子作為取代基。即,重複單元a4-1亦較佳為重複單元a5。The lactone group, the sultone group, and the carbonate group also preferably have a fluorine atom as a substituent. That is, the repeating unit a4-1 is also preferably the repeating unit a5.

重複單元a4-1的內酯基或磺內酯基只要具有內酯結構或磺內酯結構即可。內酯結構或磺內酯結構較佳為5員環內酯結構~7員環內酯結構或5員環磺內酯結構~7員環磺內酯結構。其中,內酯結構較佳為以形成雙環結構或螺結構的形態於5員環內酯結構~7員環內酯結構中縮環有其他環結構而成的結構。磺內酯結構更佳為以形成雙環結構或螺結構的形態於5員環磺內酯結構~7員環磺內酯結構中縮環有其他環結構而成的結構。 內酯基較佳為自下述通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-22)中的任一者所表示的內酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個以上的氫原子而成的內酯基。磺內酯基較佳為自下述通式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一者所表示的磺內酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個以上的氫原子而成的磺內酯基。The lactone group or sultone group of the repeating unit a4-1 should just have a lactone structure or a sultone structure. The lactone structure or the sultone structure is preferably a 5-membered cyclic lactone structure to a 7-membered cyclic lactone structure or a 5-membered cyclic sultone structure to a 7-membered cyclic sultone structure. Among them, the lactone structure is preferably a structure in which other ring structures are condensed in a 5-membered ring lactone structure to a 7-membered ring lactone structure in a form of forming a bicyclic structure or a spiro structure. The sultone structure is more preferably a structure formed by condensing a ring with another ring structure in a 5-membered ring sultone structure to a 7-membered ring sultone structure in a form of forming a bicyclic structure or a spiro structure. The lactone group is preferably a lactone group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the ring member atoms of the lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22) . The sultone group is preferably a sulfonic acid obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the ring member atoms of the sultone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) Lactone group.

[化9]

Figure 02_image018
[化9]
Figure 02_image018

[化10]

Figure 02_image020
[化10]
Figure 02_image020

所述內酯結構或磺內酯結構部分亦可具有取代基(Rb2 )。作為較佳的取代基(Rb2 ),例如可列舉:碳數1~8的烷基、碳數4~7的環烷基、碳數1~8的烷氧基、碳數1~8的烷氧基羰基、羧酸基、鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)、羥基及氰基等。n2表示0~4的整數。於n2為2以上時,多個存在的Rb2 可不同,另外多個存在的Rb2 彼此可鍵結而形成環。The lactone structure or the sultone structure part may also have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbons, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbons, and those having 1 to 8 carbons. An alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and the like. n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, multiple existing Rb 2 may be different, and multiple existing Rb 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

具有自通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-22)中的任一者所表示的內酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個以上的氫原子而成的內酯基的重複單元a4-1、以及具有自通式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一者所表示的磺內酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個以上的氫原子而成的磺內酯基的重複單元a4-1較佳為通式(A3)所表示的重複單元。The repeating unit a4-1 having a lactone group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the ring member atoms of the lactone structure represented by any one of the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22), And a repeating unit a4 having a sultone group formed by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the ring member atoms of the sultone structure represented by any of the general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) -1 is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (A3).

[化11]

Figure 02_image022
[化11]
Figure 02_image022

通式(A3)中,Ab表示單鍵、伸烷基、具有單環或多環的脂環烴結構的二價連結基、醚基、酯基、羰基、羧酸基、或者將該些組合而成的二價基。 其中,較佳為單鍵或-Ab1 -COO-所表示的連結基。 Ab1 為單鍵或二價連結基,且為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基、或者單環或多環的伸環烷基,較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸環己基、伸金剛烷基或伸降冰片基。 V表示自通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-22)中的任一者所表示的內酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個氫原子而成的基、或者自通式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一者所表示的磺內酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個氫原子而成的基。In the general formula (A3), Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxylic acid group, or a combination of these From the divalent base. Among them, a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -COO- is preferred. Ab 1 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, and is a linear or branched alkylene group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, preferably methylene, ethylene, or ring extension Hexyl, adamantyl or norbornyl. V represents a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring member atoms of the lactone structure represented by any of the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22), or from the general formula (SL1-1) A group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring member atoms of the sultone structure represented by any one of ~(SL1-3).

於在具有內酯基或磺內酯基的重複單元a4-1中存在光學異構體的情況下,可使用任意的光學異構體。另外,可單獨使用一種光學異構體,亦可混合使用多種光學異構體。於主要使用一種光學異構體的情況下,其光學純度(ee)較佳為90以上,更佳為95以上。When an optical isomer is present in the repeating unit a4-1 having a lactone group or a sultone group, any optical isomer can be used. In addition, one kind of optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be used in combination. In the case of mainly using one optical isomer, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.

具有碳酸酯基的重複單元a4-1中的碳酸酯基較佳為包含在環狀碳酸酯基中。 具有碳酸酯基的重複單元a4-1較佳為通式(A4)所表示的重複單元。The carbonate group in the repeating unit a4-1 having a carbonate group is preferably contained in a cyclic carbonate group. The repeating unit a4-1 having a carbonate group is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (A4).

[化12]

Figure 02_image024
[化12]
Figure 02_image024

通式(A4)中,n表示0以上(較佳為0~3)的整數。 RA 2 表示取代基。於n為2以上的情況下,多個存在的RA 2 可分別相同亦可不同。 A表示單鍵或二價連結基。所述二價連結基較佳為伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~4)、具有單環或多環的脂環烴結構的二價連結基、醚基、酯基、羰基、羧酸基、或者將該些組合而成的二價基。 Z表示與式中的-O-CO-O-所表示的基一起形成單環或多環的原子團。 Z與式中的-O-CO-O-所表示的基一起形成的單環或多環較佳為5員環的環狀碳酸酯基,更佳為下述通式(CC1-1)所表示的環狀碳酸酯結構。 即,通式(A4)中的A較佳為與自下述通式(CC1-1)所表示的環狀碳酸酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個氫原子而成的基鍵結。In the general formula (A4), n represents an integer of 0 or more (preferably 0 to 3). R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R A 2 may be the same or different. A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is preferably an alkylene group (preferably with a carbon number of 1 to 4), a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, ether group, ester group, carbonyl group, carboxylic acid Group, or a divalent group formed by combining these groups. Z represents an atomic group that forms a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with the group represented by -O-CO-O- in the formula. The monocyclic or polycyclic ring formed by Z and the group represented by -O-CO-O- in the formula is preferably a 5-membered cyclic carbonate group, and more preferably is represented by the following general formula (CC1-1) Represents the cyclic carbonate structure. That is, A in the general formula (A4) is preferably bonded to a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring member atoms of the cyclic carbonate structure represented by the following general formula (CC1-1).

[化13]

Figure 02_image026
[化13]
Figure 02_image026

通式(CC1-1)中的環狀碳酸酯結構部分亦可具有取代基(Rb2 )。作為較佳的取代基(Rb2 ),例如可列舉:碳數1~8的烷基、碳數4~7的環烷基、碳數1~8的烷氧基、碳數1~8的烷氧基羰基、羧酸基、鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)、羥基及氰基等。n3表示0或1的整數。The cyclic carbonate structure part in general formula (CC1-1) may have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbons, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbons, and those having 1 to 8 carbons. An alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and the like. n3 represents an integer of 0 or 1.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元a4-1的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為3莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而佳為7莫耳%~45莫耳%。 重複單元a4-1可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。When resin (A) has repeating unit a4-1, relative to all repeating units of resin (A), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 3 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% %~50 mol%, more preferably 7 mol%~45 mol%. One type of repeating unit a4-1 may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

··重複單元a4-2 重複單元a4中,於RQ 為具有非芳香族性羥基作為特定基的基X,且所述非芳香族性羥基為氟化醇基中所含的羥基以外的羥基的情況下,亦將所述重複單元a4稱為重複單元a4-2。 所謂非芳香族性羥基是芳香族性羥基以外的羥基,例如是指與芳香族環直接鍵結的羥基以外的羥基。非芳香族性羥基例如可列舉醇性羥基。 所謂氟化醇基中所含的羥基以外的羥基,例如是指羥基與碳原子鍵結且在鍵結有所述羥基的碳原子(α碳)上未鍵結氟原子及-CFR2 (兩個R分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為-CFR2 ,可列舉-CF3 等)中的任一者時的所述羥基。 重複單元a4-2較佳為與重複單元a4-1不同。 重複單元a4-2較佳為不具有氟化醇基。·· Repeating unit a4-2 In repeating unit a4, R Q is a group X having a non-aromatic hydroxyl group as a specific group, and the non-aromatic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group other than the hydroxyl group contained in the fluorinated alcohol group In the case of, the repeating unit a4 is also referred to as repeating unit a4-2. The non-aromatic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group other than an aromatic hydroxyl group, and for example, refers to a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring. Examples of non-aromatic hydroxyl groups include alcoholic hydroxyl groups. The hydroxy group other than the hydroxy group contained in the fluorinated alcohol group means, for example, that a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbon atom and a fluorine atom and -CFR 2 (two Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of -CFR 2 include the above-mentioned hydroxyl group in any one of -CF 3 and the like). The repeating unit a4-2 is preferably different from the repeating unit a4-1. The repeating unit a4-2 preferably does not have a fluorinated alcohol group.

重複單元a4-2較佳為通式(A5)所表示的重複單元。The repeating unit a4-2 is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A5).

[化14]

Figure 02_image028
[化14]
Figure 02_image028

通式(A5)中,RQ5 表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~5)或非芳香族性環基。In the general formula (A5), R Q5 represents an alkyl group (linear or branched. Preferably, it has 1 to 5 carbon atoms) or a non-aromatic cyclic group.

作為所述非芳香族性環基,例如可列舉單環式烴環基及多環式烴環基。 作為單環式烴環基,例如可列舉碳數3~12(較佳為碳數3~7)的環烷烴環基、以及碳數3~12的環烯烴環基。 作為多環式烴環基,例如可列舉環集合烴環基及交聯環式烴環基。 作為交聯環式烴環,例如可列舉:雙環式烴環、三環式烴環及四環式烴環等。另外,交聯環式烴環亦可為縮合有多個5員環烷烴環~8員環烷烴環而成的縮合環。 交聯環式烴環基較佳為降冰片烷環基、金剛烷環基、雙環辛烷環基或三環[5,2,1,02,6 ]癸烷環基。Examples of the non-aromatic cyclic group include a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group. Examples of monocyclic hydrocarbon ring groups include cycloalkane ring groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and cycloolefin ring groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. As the polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group, for example, a ring assembly hydrocarbon ring group and a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group can be cited. As a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring, a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring, etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring may be a condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5-membered cycloalkane rings to 8-membered cycloalkane rings. The crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a norbornane ring group, an adamantane ring group, a bicyclooctane ring group, or a tricyclic [5,2,1,0 2,6 ]decane ring group.

所述烷基及所述非芳香族性環基亦較佳為不具有-(OH)q5 以外的取代基。It is also preferable that the alkyl group and the non-aromatic cyclic group have no substituents other than -(OH)q5.

通式(A5)中,q5表示1~5的整數。In general formula (A5), q5 represents an integer of 1-5.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元a4-2的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為3莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而佳為10莫耳%~45莫耳%。 重複單元a4-2可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。In the case where the resin (A) has the repeating unit a4-2, relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 3 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% %~50 mol%, more preferably 10 mol%~45 mol%. One type of repeating unit a4-2 may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

··重複單元a4-3 重複單元a4中,於RQ 為具有非芳香族性羥基作為特定基的基X,且所述非芳香族性羥基為氟化醇基中所含的羥基的情況下,亦將所述重複單元a4稱為重複單元a4-3。 所謂氟化醇基中所含的羥基,例如是指羥基與碳原子鍵結且在鍵結有所述羥基的碳原子(α碳)上鍵結有氟原子及-CFR2 (兩個R分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為-CFR2 ,可列舉-CF3 等)中的至少一者時的所述羥基。 即,重複單元a4-3相當於重複單元a5。 重複單元a4-3較佳為與重複單元a4-1及/或重複單元a4-2不同。··Repeating unit a4-3 In the repeating unit a4, when R Q is a group X having a non-aromatic hydroxyl group as a specific group, and the non-aromatic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group contained in a fluorinated alcohol group , The repeating unit a4 is also referred to as repeating unit a4-3. The hydroxyl group contained in the fluorinated alcohol group means, for example, that a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbon atom, and a fluorine atom and -CFR 2 are bonded to the carbon atom (α carbon) to which the hydroxyl group is bonded. It independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As -CFR 2 , at least one of -CF 3 and the like) is mentioned above. That is, the repeating unit a4-3 corresponds to the repeating unit a5. The repeating unit a4-3 is preferably different from the repeating unit a4-1 and/or the repeating unit a4-2.

氟化醇基中所含的羥基較佳為六氟異丙醇基(「-C(CF3 )2 OH」所表示的基)中所含的羥基。 即,重複單元a4-3較佳為相當於重複單元a6。The hydroxyl group contained in the fluorinated alcohol group is preferably a hydroxyl group contained in a hexafluoroisopropanol group (a group represented by "-C(CF 3 ) 2 OH"). That is, the repeating unit a4-3 preferably corresponds to the repeating unit a6.

重複單元a4-3較佳為通式(A6)所表示的重複單元。The repeating unit a4-3 is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (A6).

[化15]

Figure 02_image030
[化15]
Figure 02_image030

通式(A6)中,RQ6 表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~5)、非芳香族性環基或芳香環基。In the general formula (A6), R Q6 represents an alkyl group (linear or branched chain. Preferably, it has 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a non-aromatic cyclic group or an aromatic cyclic group.

作為所述非芳香族性環基,例如可列舉單環式烴環基及多環式烴環基。 作為單環式烴環基,例如可列舉碳數3~12(較佳為碳數3~7)的環烷烴環基、以及碳數3~12的環烯烴環基。 作為多環式烴環基,例如可列舉環集合烴環基及交聯環式烴環基。 作為交聯環式烴環,例如可列舉:雙環式烴環、三環式烴環及四環式烴環等。另外,交聯環式烴環亦可為縮合有多個5員環烷烴環~8員環烷烴環而成的縮合環。 交聯環式烴環基較佳為降冰片烷環基、金剛烷環基、雙環辛烷環基或三環[5,2,1,02,6 ]癸烷環基。Examples of the non-aromatic cyclic group include a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group. Examples of monocyclic hydrocarbon ring groups include cycloalkane ring groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and cycloolefin ring groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. As the polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group, for example, a ring assembly hydrocarbon ring group and a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group can be cited. As a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring, a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring, etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring may be a condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5-membered cycloalkane rings to 8-membered cycloalkane rings. The crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a norbornane ring group, an adamantane ring group, a bicyclooctane ring group, or a tricyclic [5,2,1,0 2,6 ]decane ring group.

所述芳香環基較佳為碳數6~18的芳香環基,更佳為苯環基、萘環基、蒽環基或伸聯苯環基。The aromatic ring group is preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, an anthracyclyl group or a biphenyl ring group.

所述烷基、所述非芳香族性環基及所述芳香環基亦較佳為不具有-(-C(CF3 )2 OH)q6 以外的取代基。It is also preferable that the alkyl group, the non-aromatic cyclic group, and the aromatic cyclic group do not have substituents other than -(-C(CF 3 ) 2 OH) q6.

通式(A6)中,q6表示1~5的整數。In general formula (A6), q6 represents an integer of 1-5.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元a4-3的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為3莫耳%~50莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~40莫耳%,進而佳為10莫耳%~35莫耳%。 重複單元a4-3可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。In the case where the resin (A) has the repeating unit a4-3, the content of the repeating unit is preferably 3 mol% to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 mol%, relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A) %~40 mol%, more preferably 10 mol%~35 mol%. One type of repeating unit a4-3 may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

··重複單元a4-4 重複單元a4中,於RQ 為具有光酸產生基作為特定基的基X的情況下,亦將所述重複單元a4稱為重複單元a4-4。 重複單元a4-4中,RQ 亦較佳為具有氟原子。即,重複單元a4-4較佳為相當於重複單元a5。 重複單元a4-4較佳為與重複單元a4-1、重複單元a4-2及/或重複單元a4-3不同。·· Repeating unit a4-4 In repeating unit a4, when R Q is a group X having a photoacid generating group as a specific group, the repeating unit a4 is also referred to as repeating unit a4-4. In the repeating unit a4-4, R Q also preferably has a fluorine atom. That is, the repeating unit a4-4 preferably corresponds to the repeating unit a5. The repeating unit a4-4 is preferably different from the repeating unit a4-1, the repeating unit a4-2, and/or the repeating unit a4-3.

重複單元a4-4較佳為通式(A7)所表示的重複單元。The repeating unit a4-4 is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (A7).

[化16]

Figure 02_image032
[化16]
Figure 02_image032

通式(A7)中,兩個Xf分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子或經至少一個氟原子取代的烷基(較佳為CF3 )。 兩個Xf中,至少一者較佳為氫原子以外。 所述烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。所述烷基的碳數較佳為1~10。所述烷基較佳為僅具有氟原子作為取代基。In the general formula (A7), two Xf each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom (preferably CF 3 ). At least one of the two Xf is preferably other than a hydrogen atom. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. The alkyl group preferably has only a fluorine atom as a substituent.

通式(A7)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子或烷基,於存在多個時的R1 及R2 可分別相同亦可不同。 所述烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。所述烷基的碳數較佳為1~10。所述烷基的取代基較佳為氟原子。於所述烷基具有取代基的情況下,較佳為僅具有氟原子作為取代基。In the general formula (A7), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 1 and R 2, they may be the same or different. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. The substituent of the alkyl group is preferably a fluorine atom. When the alkyl group has a substituent, it preferably has only a fluorine atom as the substituent.

通式(A7)中,L表示二價連結基,存在多個時的L可相同亦可不同。 L的二價連結基可列舉-COO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基、以及將該些的多個連結而成的連結基等,較佳為總碳數為12以下的連結基。In the general formula (A7), L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L groups, L may be the same or different. The divalent linking group of L includes -COO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, and these The linking group formed by connecting a plurality of, etc. is preferably a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less.

通式(A7)中,x表示1~20的整數,y表示0~10的整數,z表示0~10的整數。In general formula (A7), x represents an integer of 1-20, y represents an integer of 0-10, and z represents an integer of 0-10.

通式(A7)中,M+ 表示陽離子。M+ 的詳情例如可使用與後述的通式(PA-1)中的M+ 相同的陽離子。In the general formula (A7), M + represents a cation. For details of M + , for example, the same cation as M + in the general formula (PA-1) described later can be used.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元a4-4的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為3莫耳%~40莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~25莫耳%,進而佳為7莫耳%~20莫耳%。 重複單元a4-4可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。In the case of resin (A) having repeating unit a4-4, relative to all repeating units of resin (A), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 3 mol%-40 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% % To 25 mol%, more preferably 7 mol% to 20 mol%. One type of repeating unit a4-4 may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

·重複單元a1-2 重複單元a1亦可包含不相當於重複單元a2、重複單元a3、重複單元a4中的任一者的重複單元。 即,樹脂(A)亦可具有不相當於重複單元a2、重複單元a3、重複單元a4中的任一者的重複單元a1。亦將所述重複單元a1稱為重複單元a1-2。·Repeat unit a1-2 Repeating unit a1 may include a repeating unit that does not correspond to any of repeating unit a2, repeating unit a3, and repeating unit a4. That is, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit a1 that does not correspond to any of the repeating unit a2, the repeating unit a3, and the repeating unit a4. The repeating unit a1 is also referred to as repeating unit a1-2.

重複單元a1-2較佳為通式(A1-2)所表示的重複單元。The repeating unit a1-2 is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (A1-2).

[化17]

Figure 02_image034
[化17]
Figure 02_image034

通式(A1-2)中,RQ12 表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~5)、非芳香族性環基或芳香環基。 其中,RQ12 並非為脫離基。In the general formula (A1-2), R Q12 represents an alkyl group (linear or branched. Preferably, it has 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a non-aromatic cyclic group or an aromatic cyclic group. Among them, R Q12 is not a leaving group.

作為所述非芳香族性環基,例如可列舉單環式烴環基及多環式烴環基。 作為單環式烴環基,例如可列舉碳數3~12(較佳為碳數3~7)的環烷烴環基、以及碳數3~12的環烯烴環基。 作為多環式烴環基,例如可列舉環集合烴環基及交聯環式烴環基。 作為交聯環式烴環,例如可列舉:雙環式烴環、三環式烴環及四環式烴環等。另外,交聯環式烴環亦可為縮合有多個5員環烷烴環~8員環烷烴環而成的縮合環。 交聯環式烴環基較佳為降冰片烷環基、金剛烷環基、雙環辛烷環基或三環[5,2,1,02,6 ]癸烷環基。Examples of the non-aromatic cyclic group include a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group. Examples of monocyclic hydrocarbon ring groups include cycloalkane ring groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and cycloolefin ring groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. As the polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group, for example, a ring assembly hydrocarbon ring group and a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group can be cited. As a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring, a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring, etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring may be a condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5-membered cycloalkane rings to 8-membered cycloalkane rings. The crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a norbornane ring group, an adamantane ring group, a bicyclooctane ring group, or a tricyclic [5,2,1,0 2,6 ]decane ring group.

所述芳香環基較佳為碳數6~18的芳香環基,較佳為苯環基、萘環基、蒽環基及伸聯苯環基。The aromatic ring group is preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, an anthracyclyl group and a biphenyl ring group.

所述烷基、所述非芳香族性環基及所述芳香環基不具有關於重複單元a4而進行了說明的特定基及在一部分中含有特定基的基作為取代基。所述烷基、所述非芳香族性環基及所述芳香環基較佳為未經取代。The alkyl group, the non-aromatic cyclic group, and the aromatic cyclic group do not have the specific group described with respect to the repeating unit a4 and a group containing a specific group in a part as a substituent. The alkyl group, the non-aromatic cyclic group, and the aromatic cyclic group are preferably unsubstituted.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元a1-2的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為1莫耳%~30莫耳%,更佳為3莫耳%~25莫耳%,進而佳為5莫耳%~20莫耳%。 重複單元a1-2可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。In the case where the resin (A) has the repeating unit a1-2, the content of the repeating unit is preferably 1 mol% to 30 mol%, more preferably 3 mol% relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A) % To 25 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 20 mol%. One type of repeating unit a1-2 may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

(重複單元b1) 樹脂(A)亦可具有不相當於重複單元a1的重複單元(即,不相當於通式(A1)所表示的重複單元的重複單元)。 亦將不相當於所述重複單元a1的重複單元稱為重複單元b1。 作為重複單元b1,例如可列舉通式(A1-b)所表示的重複單元。(Repeat unit b1) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit not corresponding to the repeating unit a1 (that is, a repeating unit not corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1)). The repeating unit that does not correspond to the repeating unit a1 is also referred to as the repeating unit b1. As repeating unit b1, the repeating unit represented by general formula (A1-b) is mentioned, for example.

[化18]

Figure 02_image036
[化18]
Figure 02_image036

通式(A1-b)中,X表示氫原子、烷基或氟原子以外的鹵素原子。 所述烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。所述烷基的碳數較佳為1~10。所述烷基的取代基較佳為羥基或鹵素原子。於所述烷基具有取代基的情況下,較佳為僅具有羥基及/或鹵素原子作為取代基。所述烷基較佳為-CH3 。 所述氟原子以外的鹵素原子較佳為氯原子、溴原子或碘原子。In the general formula (A1-b), X represents a halogen atom other than a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a fluorine atom. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. The substituent of the alkyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom. When the said alkyl group has a substituent, it is preferable to have only a hydroxyl group and/or a halogen atom as a substituent. The alkyl group is preferably -CH 3 . The halogen atom other than the fluorine atom is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.

通式(A1-b)中,LB 表示單鍵或-COO-。-COO-中的羰基碳較佳為與重複單元的主鏈直接鍵結。In the general formula (A1-b), L B represents a single bond or -COO-. The carbonyl carbon in -COO- is preferably directly bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit.

通式(A1-b)中的RQ 與通式(A1)中的RQ 相同。Formula (A1-b) R Q in general formula (A1) is the same as R Q.

樹脂(A)中,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,重複單元b1(通式(A1-b)所表示的重複單元等)的含量較佳為0莫耳%~95莫耳%,更佳為9莫耳%~90莫耳%,進而佳為0莫耳%~80莫耳%。 通式(A1)所表示的重複單元亦可使用兩種以上。In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit b1 (repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1-b), etc.) relative to all repeating units of the resin (A) is preferably 0 mol% to 95 mol%, More preferably, it is 9 mol% to 90 mol%, and still more preferably 0 mol% to 80 mol%. Two or more types of repeating units represented by general formula (A1) may also be used.

·重複單元b2 重複單元b1亦較佳為包含重複單元b2。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元b2。 重複單元b2為重複單元a1以外的重複單元,且為具有酸分解性基的重複單元(具有極性基由因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基所保護的結構的重複單元)。 關於酸分解性基、脫離基、極性基的說明如上所述。·Repeating unit b2 The repeating unit b1 also preferably includes the repeating unit b2. That is, the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit b2. The repeating unit b2 is a repeating unit other than the repeating unit a1, and is a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (a repeating unit having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group detached by the action of an acid). The description of the acid-decomposable group, leaving group, and polar group is as described above.

··重複單元b3 重複單元b2亦較佳為包含重複單元b3。 樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元b3。 重複單元b3為重複單元b2的一形態。 重複單元b3為通式(A2-b)所表示的重複單元。··Repeating unit b3 The repeating unit b2 also preferably includes the repeating unit b3. The resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit b3. The repeating unit b3 is a form of the repeating unit b2. The repeating unit b3 is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A2-b).

[化19]

Figure 02_image038
[化19]
Figure 02_image038

通式(A2-b)中的X表示氫原子、烷基或氟原子以外的鹵素原子,與通式(A1-b)中的X相同。 通式(A2-b)中的RQ1 ~RQ3 與通式(A2)中的RQ1 ~RQ3 相同。X in the general formula (A2-b) represents a halogen atom other than a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorine atom, and is the same as X in the general formula (A1-b). The same as the formula (A2-b) of R Q1 ~ R Q3 general formula (A2), the R Q1 ~ R Q3.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元b2(較佳為重複單元b3)的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為5莫耳%~90莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~85莫耳%,進而佳為20莫耳%~70莫耳%。 重複單元a2(較佳為重複單元a3)可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。 相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,樹脂(A)中的重複單元a2(較佳為重複單元a3)與重複單元b2(較佳為重複單元b3)的合計含量較佳為15莫耳%~98莫耳%,更佳為25莫耳%~85莫耳%,進而佳為35莫耳%~80莫耳%。In the case where the resin (A) has a repeating unit b2 (preferably a repeating unit b3), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 5 mol% to 90 mol% relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A), It is more preferably 10 mol% to 85 mol%, and still more preferably 20 mol% to 70 mol%. The repeating unit a2 (preferably the repeating unit a3) may be used singly, or two or more may be used. The total content of repeating unit a2 (preferably repeating unit a3) and repeating unit b2 (preferably repeating unit b3) in resin (A) is preferably 15 mol% relative to all repeating units of resin (A) ~98 mol%, more preferably 25 mol% to 85 mol%, and still more preferably 35 mol% to 80 mol%.

·重複單元b4(重複單元b5、重複單元b6) 重複單元b1亦較佳為包含重複單元b4。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元b4。 重複單元b4為重複單元a1以外的重複單元,且為含有具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基(可為非芳香族性羥基,亦可為芳香族性羥基)、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基的基的重複單元。 所述具有特定基的基中,所述「具有特定基的基」可為特定基本身,亦可於所述「具有特定基的基」的一部分中含有特定基。 重複單元b4較佳為與重複單元b2及/或重複單元b3不同。·Repeating unit b4 (repeating unit b5, repeating unit b6) The repeating unit b1 also preferably includes the repeating unit b4. That is, the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit b4. The repeating unit b4 is a repeating unit other than the repeating unit a1, and contains a group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, and a hydroxyl group (which may be a non-aromatic hydroxyl group or an aromatic hydroxyl group), A repeating unit of one or more specific groups in the group consisting of a sulfonamide group, an amide group, a carboxylic acid group, and a photoacid generating group. In the group having a specific group, the "group having a specific group" may be a specific group itself, or a specific group may be contained in a part of the "group having a specific group". The repeating unit b4 is preferably different from the repeating unit b2 and/or the repeating unit b3.

重複單元b4較佳為通式(B0)所表示的重複單元。The repeating unit b4 is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (B0).

[化20]

Figure 02_image040
[化20]
Figure 02_image040

通式(B0)中,X表示氫原子、烷基或氟原子以外的鹵素原子。 所述烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。所述烷基的碳數較佳為1~10。所述烷基的取代基較佳為羥基或鹵素原子。於所述烷基具有取代基的情況下,較佳為僅具有羥基及/或鹵素原子作為取代基。所述烷基較佳為-CH3 。 通式(B0)中,LB 表示單鍵或-COO-。-COO-中的羰基碳較佳為與重複單元的主鏈直接鍵結。 通式(B0)中,RB0 表示氫原子或基Y。 其中,於RB0 表示氫原子的情況下,LB 表示-COO-,-LB -RB0 整體表示-COOH。 基Y是具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基(可為非芳香族性羥基亦可為芳香族性羥基)、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基的基且並非為脫離基的基。 另外,所謂基Y「並非為脫離基」,具體而言,是指於LB 為-COO-的情況下,在-COO-RB0 中,RB0 (基Y)是並非為保護極性基(羧酸基)的脫離基的基。 所謂「並非為脫離基的基」是指並非為關於重複單元a2而進行了說明的「因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基」的基。具體而言,「並非為脫離基的基」不相當於所述式(Y1)~(Y4)所表示的基。 通式(B0)中的RB0 例如與重複單元a4中的RQ 相同。In the general formula (B0), X represents a halogen atom other than a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a fluorine atom. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. The substituent of the alkyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom. When the said alkyl group has a substituent, it is preferable to have only a hydroxyl group and/or a halogen atom as a substituent. The alkyl group is preferably -CH 3 . In the general formula (B0), L B represents a single bond or -COO-. The carbonyl carbon in -COO- is preferably directly bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit. In the general formula (B0), R B0 represents a hydrogen atom or a group Y. However, when R B0 represents a hydrogen atom, L B represents -COO-, and -L B -R B0 as a whole represents -COOH. The group Y is selected from the group consisting of lactone, sultone, carbonate, hydroxy (non-aromatic hydroxy or aromatic), sulfonamide, amide, carboxylic acid and The group of one or more specific groups in the group consisting of the photoacid generating group is not a group leaving the group. Further, the so-called group Y 'is not a leaving group ", specifically refers to the case where L B is -COO-, in the -COO-R B0, R B0 (group Y) is not protected as a polar group ( Carboxylic acid group) leaving the group. The term "a group that is not a leaving group" refers to a group of "a leaving group that is detached by the action of an acid" which is not described for the repeating unit a2. Specifically, "the group that is not a leaving group" does not correspond to the group represented by the above-mentioned formulas (Y1) to (Y4). R B0 in general formula (B0) is the same as R Q in repeating unit a4, for example.

其中,重複單元b4較佳為包含重複單元b5。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元b5。 重複單元b5為通式(B1)所表示的重複單元。Among them, the repeating unit b4 preferably includes the repeating unit b5. That is, the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit b5. The repeating unit b5 is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (B1).

[化21]

Figure 02_image042
[化21]
Figure 02_image042

通式(B1)中的X表示氫原子、烷基或氟原子以外的鹵素原子,與通式(B0)中的X相同。 通式(B1)中,LB 表示單鍵或-COO-。-COO-中的羰基碳較佳為與重複單元的主鏈直接鍵結。 通式(B1)中,RB1 表示基Z。 基Z是具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基(可為非芳香族性羥基,亦可為芳香族性羥基)、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基、且具有氟原子且並非為脫離基的基。 另外,所謂基Z「並非為脫離基」,具體而言,是指於LB 為-COO-的情況下,在-COO-RB1 中,RB1 (基Z)是並非為保護極性基(羧酸基)的脫離基的基。 所謂「並非為脫離基的基」是指並非為關於重複單元a2而進行了說明的「因酸的作用而脫離的脫離基」的基。具體而言,「並非為脫離基的基」不相當於所述式(Y1)~(Y4)所表示的基。 通式(B1)中的RB1 (基Z)例如與重複單元a5中的RQ 相同。X in the general formula (B1) represents a halogen atom other than a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorine atom, and is the same as X in the general formula (B0). In the general formula (B1), L B represents a single bond or -COO-. The carbonyl carbon in -COO- is preferably directly bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit. In the general formula (B1), R B1 represents the group Z. Group Z is selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group (may be non-aromatic hydroxyl group or aromatic hydroxyl group), sulfonamide group, amide group, carboxylic acid group One or more specific groups in the group consisting of a photoacid generator and a photoacid generating group have a fluorine atom and are not a leaving group. Further, the so-called group Z 'is not a leaving group ", specifically refers to the case where L B is -COO-, in the -COO-R B1, R B1 (group Z) is not protected as a polar group ( Carboxylic acid group) leaving the group. The term "a group that is not a leaving group" refers to a group of "a leaving group that is detached by the action of an acid" which is not described for the repeating unit a2. Specifically, "the group that is not a leaving group" does not correspond to the group represented by the above-mentioned formulas (Y1) to (Y4). R B1 (group Z) in the general formula (B1) is the same as R Q in the repeating unit a5, for example.

其中,亦較佳為重複單元b5包含重複單元b6,所述重複單元b6含有具有六氟丙醇基(「-C(CF3 )2 OH」所表示的基)的基Z。 即,樹脂(A)亦較佳為具有重複單元b6。 更詳細而言,重複單元b6是在通式(B1)所表示的重複單元中RB1 為具有六氟丙醇基的基Z的重複單元。 重複單元b6亦為重複單元b4及重複單元b5的一形態。Among them, it is also preferable that the repeating unit b5 includes a repeating unit b6, and the repeating unit b6 includes a group Z having a hexafluoropropanol group (a group represented by “-C(CF 3 ) 2 OH”). That is, the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit b6. In more detail, the repeating unit b6 is a repeating unit in which R B1 is a group Z having a hexafluoropropanol group among the repeating units represented by the general formula (B1). The repeating unit b6 is also a form of the repeating unit b4 and the repeating unit b5.

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元b4(較佳為重複單元b5,更佳為重複單元b6)的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為1莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為3莫耳%~70莫耳%,進而佳為5莫耳%~65莫耳%。 重複單元a4可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。 另外,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,樹脂(A)中的重複單元a4與重複單元b4的合計含量較佳為1莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為3莫耳%~70莫耳%,進而佳為5莫耳%~65莫耳%。In the case of resin (A) having repeating unit b4 (preferably repeating unit b5, more preferably repeating unit b6), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 1 mol relative to all repeating units of resin (A) %~80 mol%, more preferably 3 mol%~70 mol%, and still more preferably 5 mol%~65 mol%. One type of repeating unit a4 may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. In addition, with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of the repeating unit a4 and the repeating unit b4 in the resin (A) is preferably 1 mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably 3 mol% to 3 mol%. 70 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 65 mol%.

··重複單元b4-0 重複單元b4亦可為具有羧酸基作為特定基的重複單元b4-0。 作為所述重複單元b4-0的一形態,可列舉重複單元a4-0中的與重複單元的主鏈直接鍵結的氟原子被取代為通式(B0)中的X的重複單元。 重複單元b4-0的較佳的含量與重複單元a4-0相同。 另外,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,樹脂(A)中的重複單元a4-0與重複單元b4-0的合計含量較佳為1莫耳%~30莫耳%,更佳為2莫耳%~20莫耳%,進而佳為3莫耳%~15莫耳%。··Repeat unit b4-0 The repeating unit b4 may also be the repeating unit b4-0 having a carboxylic acid group as a specific group. As one aspect of the repeating unit b4-0, the fluorine atom directly bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit in the repeating unit a4-0 is substituted with the repeating unit of X in the general formula (B0). The preferable content of the repeating unit b4-0 is the same as that of the repeating unit a4-0. In addition, with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of the repeating unit a4-0 and the repeating unit b4-0 in the resin (A) is preferably 1 mol% to 30 mol%, more preferably 2 Mol%-20 mol%, more preferably 3 mol%-15 mol%.

··重複單元b4-1 於重複單元b4為具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基及碳酸酯基所組成的群組中的至少一種作為特定基(較佳為作為所述基Y或基Z的特定基)的重複單元的情況下,亦將所述重複單元b4稱為重複單元b4-1。 在具有內酯基的重複單元b4-1中,內酯基較佳為自所述通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-22)中的任一者所表示的內酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個以上的氫原子而成的內酯基。另外,所述內酯結構的一個環員原子可成為重複單元的主鏈,亦可不成為重複單元的主鏈。所述內酯結構的兩個環員原子可成為重複單元的主鏈,亦可不成為重複單元的主鏈。 在具有磺內酯基的重複單元b4-1中,磺內酯基較佳為自所述通式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一者所表示的磺內酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個以上的氫原子而成的磺內酯基。另外,所述磺內酯結構的一個環員原子可成為重複單元的主鏈,亦可不成為重複單元的主鏈。所述磺內酯結構的兩個環員原子可成為重複單元的主鏈,亦可不成為重複單元的主鏈。 在具有碳酸酯基的重複單元b4-1中,碳酸酯基較佳為自所述通式(CC-1)中的任一者所表示的環狀碳酸酯結構的環員原子中去掉一個以上的氫原子而成的磺內酯基。另外,所述環狀碳酸酯結構的一個環員原子可成為重複單元的主鏈,亦可不成為重複單元的主鏈。所述環狀碳酸酯結構的兩個環員原子可成為重複單元的主鏈,亦可不成為重複單元的主鏈。··Repeating unit b4-1 The repeating unit b4 is a repeat having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group as a specific group (preferably as a specific group of the group Y or the group Z) In the case of a unit, the repeating unit b4 is also referred to as repeating unit b4-1. In the repeating unit b4-1 having a lactone group, the lactone group is preferably a ring member atom of the lactone structure represented by any one of the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22) The lactone group is formed by removing more than one hydrogen atom from it. In addition, one ring member atom of the lactone structure may be the main chain of the repeating unit, or may not be the main chain of the repeating unit. The two ring member atoms of the lactone structure may or may not be the main chain of the repeating unit. In the repeating unit b4-1 having a sultone group, the sultone group is preferably derived from the sultone structure represented by any one of the general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) A sultone group formed by removing more than one hydrogen atom from the ring member atoms. In addition, one ring member atom of the sultone structure may be the main chain of the repeating unit, or may not be the main chain of the repeating unit. The two ring member atoms of the sultone structure may or may not be the main chain of the repeating unit. In the repeating unit b4-1 having a carbonate group, the carbonate group is preferably one or more of the ring member atoms of the cyclic carbonate structure represented by any one of the general formula (CC-1) The sultone group formed by the hydrogen atom. In addition, one ring member atom of the cyclic carbonate structure may be the main chain of the repeating unit, or may not be the main chain of the repeating unit. The two ring member atoms of the cyclic carbonate structure may or may not be the main chain of the repeating unit.

作為重複單元b4-1的一形態,可列舉重複單元a4-1(通式(A3)所表示的重複單元或通式(A4)所表示的重複單元等)中的與重複單元的主鏈直接鍵結的氟原子被取代為通式(B0)中的X的重複單元。 重複單元b4-1較佳為與重複單元b4-0不同。 重複單元b4-1的較佳的含量與重複單元a4-1相同。 另外,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,樹脂(A)中的重複單元a4-1與重複單元b4-1的合計含量較佳為3莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而佳為7莫耳%~45莫耳%。As one form of the repeating unit b4-1, the repeating unit a4-1 (the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A3) or the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A4), etc.) is directly related to the main chain of the repeating unit. The bonded fluorine atom is substituted with the repeating unit of X in the general formula (B0). The repeating unit b4-1 is preferably different from the repeating unit b4-0. The preferable content of the repeating unit b4-1 is the same as that of the repeating unit a4-1. In addition, with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of the repeating unit a4-1 and the repeating unit b4-1 in the resin (A) is preferably 3 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 Mole%~50 mol%, more preferably 7 mol%~45 mol%.

··重複單元b4-2 於重複單元b4為具有非芳香族性羥基作為特定基(較佳為作為所述基Y或基Z的特定基)的重複單元,且所述非芳香族性羥基為氟化醇基中所含的羥基以外的羥基的情況下,亦將所述重複單元b4稱為重複單元b4-2。 重複單元b4-2較佳為與重複單元b4-0及/或重複單元b4-1不同。 作為所述重複單元b4-2的一形態,可列舉在重複單元a4-2(通式(A5)所表示的重複單元等)中與主鏈直接鍵結的氟原子被取代為通式(B0)中的X、與主鏈直接鍵結的-COO-被取代為通式(B0)中的LB 的重複單元。 重複單元b4-2的較佳的含量與重複單元a4-2相同。 另外,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,樹脂(A)中的重複單元a4-2與重複單元b4-2的合計含量較佳為3莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而佳為10莫耳%~45莫耳%。··The repeating unit b4-2 in the repeating unit b4 is a repeating unit having a non-aromatic hydroxyl group as a specific group (preferably as a specific group of the group Y or the group Z), and the non-aromatic hydroxyl group is In the case of hydroxyl groups other than the hydroxyl group contained in the fluorinated alcohol group, the repeating unit b4 is also referred to as repeating unit b4-2. The repeating unit b4-2 is preferably different from the repeating unit b4-0 and/or the repeating unit b4-1. As one aspect of the repeating unit b4-2, the fluorine atom directly bonded to the main chain in the repeating unit a4-2 (repeating unit represented by the general formula (A5), etc.) is substituted with the general formula (B0 ) in X, the main chain of directly bonded -COO- substituted repeat unit of formula (B0) of the L B. The preferable content of the repeating unit b4-2 is the same as that of the repeating unit a4-2. In addition, with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of the repeating unit a4-2 and the repeating unit b4-2 in the resin (A) is preferably 3 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 Mole%~50 mol%, more preferably 10 mol%~45 mol%.

··重複單元b4-3 於重複單元b4為具有非芳香族性羥基作為特定基(較佳為作為所述基Y或基Z的特定基)的重複單元,且所述非芳香族性羥基為氟化醇基中所含的羥基的情況下,亦將所述重複單元b4稱為重複單元b4-3。 重複單元b4-3較佳為與重複單元b4-0、重複單元b4-1及/或重複單元b4-2不同。 重複單元b4-3較佳為相當於重複單元b6。 作為所述重複單元b4-3的一形態,可列舉在重複單元a4-3(通式(A6)所表示的重複單元等)中與主鏈直接鍵結的氟原子被取代為通式(B0)中的X、與主鏈直接鍵結的-COO-被取代為通式(B0)的LB 的重複單元。 重複單元b4-3的較佳的含量與重複單元a4-3相同。 另外,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,樹脂(A)中的重複單元a4-3與重複單元b4-3的合計含量較佳為3莫耳%~50莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~40莫耳%,進而佳為10莫耳%~35莫耳%。··The repeating unit b4-3 in the repeating unit b4 is a repeating unit having a non-aromatic hydroxyl group as a specific group (preferably as a specific group of the group Y or the group Z), and the non-aromatic hydroxyl group is In the case of the hydroxyl group contained in the fluorinated alcohol group, the repeating unit b4 is also referred to as repeating unit b4-3. The repeating unit b4-3 is preferably different from the repeating unit b4-0, the repeating unit b4-1, and/or the repeating unit b4-2. The repeating unit b4-3 is preferably equivalent to the repeating unit b6. As one aspect of the repeating unit b4-3, the fluorine atom directly bonded to the main chain in the repeating unit a4-3 (repeating unit represented by the general formula (A6), etc.) is substituted with the general formula (B0 ) in X, the main chain of directly bonded -COO- substituted repeating units of the general formula L B (B0) a. The preferable content of the repeating unit b4-3 is the same as that of the repeating unit a4-3. In addition, with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of the repeating unit a4-3 and the repeating unit b4-3 in the resin (A) is preferably 3 mol% to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% Mole%-40 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% to 35 mol%.

··重複單元b4-4 於重複單元b4為具有光酸產生基作為特定基(較佳為作為所述基Y或基Z的特定基)的重複單元的情況下,亦將所述重複單元b4稱為重複單元b4-4。 重複單元b4-4較佳為相當於重複單元b5。 重複單元b4-4較佳為與重複單元b4-0、重複單元b4-1、重複單元b4-2及/或重複單元b4-3不同。 作為所述重複單元b4-4的一形態,可列舉在重複單元a4-4(通式(A7)所表示的重複單元等)中與主鏈直接鍵結的氟原子被取代為通式(B0)中的X、與主鏈直接鍵結的-COO-被取代為通式(B0)中的LB 的重複單元。 重複單元b4-4的較佳的含量與重複單元a4-4相同。 另外,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,樹脂(A)中的重複單元a4-4與重複單元b4-4的合計含量較佳為3莫耳%~40莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~25莫耳%,進而佳為7莫耳%~20莫耳%。··Repeating unit b4-4 When the repeating unit b4 is a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group as a specific group (preferably as a specific group of the group Y or the group Z), the repeating unit b4 Called repeating unit b4-4. The repeating unit b4-4 is preferably equivalent to the repeating unit b5. The repeating unit b4-4 is preferably different from the repeating unit b4-0, the repeating unit b4-1, the repeating unit b4-2, and/or the repeating unit b4-3. As one aspect of the repeating unit b4-4, the fluorine atom directly bonded to the main chain in the repeating unit a4-4 (repeating unit represented by the general formula (A7), etc.) is substituted with the general formula (B0 ) in X, the main chain of directly bonded -COO- substituted repeat unit of formula (B0) of the L B. The preferable content of the repeating unit b4-4 is the same as that of the repeating unit a4-4. In addition, with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of the repeating unit a4-4 and the repeating unit b4-4 in the resin (A) is preferably 3 mol% to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 Mole% to 25 mole%, more preferably 7 mole% to 20 mole%.

··重複單元b4-5 於重複單元b4為含有具有芳香族性羥基的基作為特定基(較佳為作為所述基Y或基Z的特定基)的重複單元的情況下,亦將所述重複單元b4稱為重複單元b4-5。 重複單元b4-5較佳為與重複單元b4-0、重複單元b4-1、重複單元b4-2、重複單元b4-3及/或重複單元b4-4不同。 重複單元b4-5較佳為通式(B2)所表示的重複單元。··Repeat unit b4-5 When the repeating unit b4 is a repeating unit containing a group having an aromatic hydroxyl group as a specific group (preferably as a specific group of the group Y or the group Z), the repeating unit b4 is also referred to as a repeating unit b4-5. The repeating unit b4-5 is preferably different from the repeating unit b4-0, the repeating unit b4-1, the repeating unit b4-2, the repeating unit b4-3, and/or the repeating unit b4-4. The repeating unit b4-5 is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (B2).

[化22]

Figure 02_image044
[化22]
Figure 02_image044

通式(B2)中,X表示氫原子、烷基或氟原子以外的鹵素原子,與通式(B0)中的X相同。In the general formula (B2), X represents a halogen atom other than a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorine atom, and is the same as X in the general formula (B0).

通式(B2)中,X4 表示單鍵、-COO-或-CONR64 -,R64 表示氫原子或烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~5)。-COO-中的羰基碳較佳為與重複單元的主鏈直接鍵結。In the general formula (B2), X 4 represents a single bond, -COO- or -CONR 64 -, and R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched. The carbon number is preferably 1 to 5). The carbonyl carbon in -COO- is preferably directly bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit.

通式(B2)中,L4 表示單鍵或伸烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~20)。In the general formula (B2), L 4 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (which may be linear or branched. It preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms).

通式(B2)中,Ar4 表示(n+1)價芳香環基。 所述芳香環基較佳為苯環基、萘環基及蒽環基等碳數6~18的伸芳基、或噻吩環基、呋喃環基、吡咯環基、苯並噻吩環基、苯並呋喃環基、苯並吡咯環基、三嗪環基、咪唑環基、苯並咪唑環基、三唑環基、噻二唑環基及噻唑環基等含有雜環的芳香環基,更佳為苯環基。In the general formula (B2), Ar 4 represents an (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group is preferably a phenyl ring group, a naphthalene ring group, an anthracyclyl group, and other carbon 6 to 18 arylidene groups, or a thiophene ring group, a furan ring group, a pyrrolyl ring group, a benzothiophene ring group, or a benzene ring group. Aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles, such as oxofuran ring group, benzopyrrole ring group, triazine ring group, imidazole ring group, benzimidazole ring group, triazole ring group, thiadiazole ring group and thiazole ring group, more It is preferably a phenyl ring group.

通式(B2)中,n表示1~5的整數。 (n+1)價芳香環基亦可進而具有取代基。In general formula (B2), n represents an integer of 1-5. The (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.

作為所述R64 的烷基、L4 的伸烷基及Ar4 的(n+1)價芳香環基可具有的取代基,例如可列舉:鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)、甲氧基、乙氧基、羥基乙氧基、丙氧基、羥基丙氧基及丁氧基等烷氧基;苯基等芳基等。另外,作為Ar4 的(n+1)價芳香環基可具有的取代基,例如亦可列舉烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~20)。Examples of substituents that the alkyl group of R 64 , the alkylene group of L 4 and the (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group of Ar 4 may have include halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms), methoxy Alkoxy groups such as ethoxy group, ethoxy group, hydroxyethoxy group, propoxy group, hydroxypropoxy group and butoxy group; aryl groups such as phenyl group, etc. In addition, as a substituent that the (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group of Ar 4 may have, for example, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched. Preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms).

以下,示出重複單元b4-5的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。式中,a表示1或2。Hereinafter, specific examples of the repeating unit b4-5 are shown, but the present invention is not limited to this. In the formula, a represents 1 or 2.

[化23]

Figure 02_image046
[化23]
Figure 02_image046

[化24]

Figure 02_image048
[化24]
Figure 02_image048

[化25]

Figure 02_image050
[化25]
Figure 02_image050

再者,所述重複單元中,較佳為以下具體地記載的重複單元。式中,R表示氫原子或甲基,a表示1~3的整數。Furthermore, among the repeating units, the repeating units specifically described below are preferred. In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a represents an integer of 1-3.

[化26]

Figure 02_image052
[化26]
Figure 02_image052

於樹脂(A)具有重複單元b4-5的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為3莫耳%~70莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~65莫耳%,進而佳為7莫耳%~60莫耳%。 重複單元b4-5可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。In the case of resin (A) having repeating unit b4-5, relative to all repeating units of resin (A), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 3 mol% to 70 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% %~65 mol%, and more preferably 7 mol%~60 mol%. One type of repeating unit b4-5 may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

樹脂(A)可按照常規方法(例如自由基聚合)合成。 藉由GPC法,以聚苯乙烯換算值計,樹脂(A)的重量平均分子量較佳為1,000~200,000,更佳為3,000~20,000,進而佳為4,500~15,000。若將樹脂(A)的重量平均分子量設為1,000~200,000,則可防止耐熱性及耐乾式蝕刻性的劣化,進而可防止顯影性的劣化及黏度變高而製膜性劣化。 樹脂(A)的分散度(分子量分佈)通常為1~5,較佳為1~3,更佳為1.2~3.0,進而佳為1.2~2.0。分散度越小,解析度及抗蝕劑形狀越優異,進而抗蝕劑圖案的側壁越平滑,粗糙度性能越優異。The resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). According to the GPC method, the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000, and still more preferably 4,500 to 15,000 in terms of polystyrene conversion value. If the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is 1,000 to 200,000, the deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be prevented, and the deterioration of developability and the increase in viscosity and the deterioration of film forming properties can be prevented. The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (A) is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and still more preferably 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, and the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, the better the roughness performance.

就可抑制產生酸的過度擴散及/或顯影時的圖案倒塌的方面而言,樹脂(A)較佳為玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)高者。Tg較佳為超過90℃,更佳為超過100℃,進而佳為超過110℃,尤佳為超過125℃。再者,過高的Tg化會導致於顯影液中的溶解速度降低,因此Tg較佳為400℃以下,更佳為350℃以下。 再者,本說明書中,樹脂(A)等的聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)藉由以下的方法計算出。首先,藉由Bicerano法分別計算出僅由聚合物中所含的各重複單元構成的均聚物的Tg。以後,將計算出的Tg稱為「重複單元的Tg」。其次,計算出各重複單元相對於聚合物中的全部重複單元的質量比例(%)。其次,使用Fox的式(記載於「材料快報(Materials Letters)」62(2008)3152等中),計算出各質量比例中的Tg,將該些進行總和,設為聚合物的Tg(℃)。 Bicerano法記載於「聚合物性能預測(Prediction of polymer properties)」, 馬塞爾·德克爾公司(Marcel Dekker Inc), 紐約(New York)(1993)等中。另外,基於Bicerano法的Tg的計算可使用聚合物的物性概算軟體MDL聚合物(Polymer)(MDL信息系統公司(MDL Information Systems, Inc.))來進行。The resin (A) is preferably one having a high glass transition temperature (Tg) in terms of suppressing excessive diffusion of the generated acid and/or pattern collapse during development. The Tg is preferably more than 90°C, more preferably more than 100°C, still more preferably more than 110°C, and particularly preferably more than 125°C. Furthermore, too high Tg will cause the dissolution rate in the developer to decrease, so Tg is preferably 400°C or less, more preferably 350°C or less. In addition, in this specification, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer, such as resin (A), is calculated by the following method. First, by the Bicerano method, the Tg of a homopolymer composed only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated. Hereinafter, the calculated Tg is referred to as "Tg of the repeating unit". Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit relative to all repeating units in the polymer is calculated. Next, using Fox’s formula (described in "Materials Letters" 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), calculate the Tg in each mass ratio, and sum these to be the Tg (℃) of the polymer . The Bicerano method is described in "Prediction of polymer properties", Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993), etc. In addition, the calculation of Tg based on the Bicerano method can be performed using polymer physical property estimation software MDL polymer (Polymer) (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).

為了使樹脂(A)的Tg大於90℃,較佳為降低樹脂(A)的主鏈的運動性。降低樹脂(A)的主鏈的運動性的方法可列舉以下的(a)~(e)的方法。 (a)向主鏈中導入體積大的取代基 (b)向主鏈中導入多個取代基 (c)向主鏈附近導入誘發樹脂(A)間的相互作用的取代基 (d)以環狀結構形成主鏈 (e)環狀結構與主鏈的連結 再者,樹脂(A)較佳為具有均聚物的Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元。 再者,均聚物的Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元的種類並無特別限制,只要是藉由Bicerano法計算出的均聚物的Tg為130℃以上的重複單元即可。再者,根據後述的式(A)~式(E)所表示的重複單元中的官能基的種類,相當於均聚物的Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元。In order to make the Tg of the resin (A) greater than 90° C., it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A). As a method of reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A), the following methods (a) to (e) can be cited. (A) Introduce bulky substituents into the main chain (B) Introduce multiple substituents into the main chain (C) Introduction of substituents that induce the interaction between resins (A) near the main chain (D) Form the main chain with a ring structure (E) The connection between the ring structure and the main chain Furthermore, it is preferable that the resin (A) has a repeating unit whose Tg of a homopolymer shows 130 degreeC or more. In addition, the type of the repeating unit whose Tg of the homopolymer shows 130°C or higher is not particularly limited, as long as it is a repeating unit whose Tg of the homopolymer calculated by the Bicerano method is 130°C or higher. In addition, depending on the type of the functional group in the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) to the formula (E) described later, the Tg corresponding to the homopolymer shows a repeating unit of 130° C. or more.

作為所述(a)的具體的達成方法,例如可列舉在樹脂(A)中導入式(A)所表示的重複單元的方法。As a specific method of achieving the (a), for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (A) into the resin (A) is exemplified.

[化27]

Figure 02_image054
[化27]
Figure 02_image054

式(A),RA 表示具有多環結構的基。Rx 表示氫原子、甲基或乙基。所謂具有多環結構的基是指具有多個環結構的基,多個環結構可縮合亦可不縮合。 作為式(A)所表示的重複單元,例如可列舉下述重複單元。Of formula (A), R A represents a group having a polycyclic structure. R x represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. The group having a polycyclic structure refers to a group having a plurality of ring structures, and the plurality of ring structures may or may not be condensed. Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (A) include the following repeating units.

[化28]

Figure 02_image056
[化28]
Figure 02_image056

[化29]

Figure 02_image058
[化29]
Figure 02_image058

所述式中,R表示氫原子、甲基或乙基。 Ra表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR'''或-COOR''':R'''為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧酸基。再者,所述烷基、所述環烷基、所述芳基、所述芳烷基及所述烯基亦可分別具有取代基。另外,Ra所表示的基中的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經氟原子或碘原子取代。 另外,R'及R''分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR'''或-COOR''':R'''為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧酸基。再者,所述烷基、所述環烷基、所述芳基、所述芳烷基及所述烯基亦可分別具有取代基。另外,R'及R''所表示的基中的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經氟原子或碘原子取代。 L表示單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基,例如可列舉-COO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基、以及該些的多個連結而成的連結基等。 m及n分別獨立地表示0以上的整數。m及n的上限並無特別限制,2以下的情況較多,1以下的情況更多。In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR'"Or-COOR"':R'" is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxylic acid group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by Ra may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. In addition, R'and R'' each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen atom. , Ester group (-OCOR''' or -COOR''': R''' is an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxylic acid group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the groups represented by R′ and R″ may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include -COO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, and these The connecting base formed by the multiple connections. m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 or more. The upper limit of m and n is not particularly limited, and there are many cases of 2 or less, and more cases of 1 or less.

作為所述(b)的具體的達成方法,例如可列舉在樹脂(A)中導入式(B)所表示的重複單元的方法。As a specific method of achieving the above (b), for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by formula (B) into the resin (A) can be cited.

[化30]

Figure 02_image060
[化30]
Figure 02_image060

式(B)中,Rb1 ~Rb4 分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,Rb1 ~Rb4 中的至少兩個以上表示有機基。 另外,於有機基的至少一個為於重複單元中的主鏈直接連結有環結構的基的情況下,其他有機基的種類並無特別限制。 另外,於有機基的任一者均並非為於重複單元中的主鏈直接連結有環結構的基的情況下,有機基的至少兩個以上為除了氫原子以外的構成原子的數量為3個以上的取代基。In formula (B), R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group. In addition, when at least one of the organic groups is a group in which a ring structure is directly connected to the main chain in the repeating unit, the type of other organic groups is not particularly limited. In addition, when none of the organic groups is a group in which a ring structure is directly connected to the main chain of the repeating unit, at least two of the organic groups have three constituent atoms other than hydrogen atoms. The above substituents.

作為式(B)所表示的重複單元,例如可列舉下述重複單元。Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (B) include the following repeating units.

[化31]

Figure 02_image062
[化31]
Figure 02_image062

所述式中,R分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,例如可列舉可具有取代基的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等有機基。 R'分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR''或-COOR'':R''為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧酸基。再者,所述烷基、所述環烷基、所述芳基、所述芳烷基及所述烯基亦可分別具有取代基。另外,R'所表示的基中的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經氟原子或碘原子取代。 m表示0以上的整數。m的上限並無特別限制,2以下的情況較多,1以下的情況更多。In the above formula, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. As an organic group, organic groups, such as an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, are mentioned, for example. R'each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR "Or -COOR": R" is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxylic acid group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R′ may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. m represents an integer of 0 or more. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, and there are many cases of 2 or less, and more cases of 1 or less.

作為所述(c)的具體的達成方法,例如可列舉在樹脂(A)中導入式(C)所表示的重複單元的方法。As a specific method of achieving the above (c), for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by formula (C) into the resin (A) can be cited.

[化32]

Figure 02_image064
[化32]
Figure 02_image064

式(C)中,Rc1 ~Rc4 分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,Rc1 ~Rc4 中的至少一個為自主鏈碳起在原子數3以內具有氫鍵性的氫原子的基。其中,較佳為在誘發樹脂(A)的主鏈間的相互作用的基礎上,在原子數2以內(更靠主鏈附近側)具有氫鍵性的氫原子。In the formula (C), R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group having a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom with 3 or less autonomous carbon atoms. Among them, it is preferable to induce an interaction between the main chains of the resin (A) and have a hydrogen atom having hydrogen bonding properties within 2 atoms (more on the side near the main chain).

作為式(C)所表示的重複單元,例如可列舉下述重複單元。Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (C) include the following repeating units.

[化33]

Figure 02_image066
[化33]
Figure 02_image066

所述式中,R表示有機基。作為有機基,例如可列舉:可具有取代基的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基及酯基(-OCOR或-COOR:R為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)等。 R'表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,例如可列舉烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等有機基。再者,有機基中的氫原子亦可經氟原子或碘原子取代。In the formula, R represents an organic group. Examples of the organic group include an optionally substituted alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, and ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons or Fluorinated alkyl) and so on. R'represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include organic groups such as an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. Furthermore, the hydrogen atom in the organic group may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.

作為所述(d)的具體的達成方法,例如可列舉在樹脂(A)中導入式(D)所表示的重複單元的方法。 於樹脂(A)含有式(D)所表示的重複單元的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為1莫耳%~50莫耳%,更佳為3莫耳%~40莫耳%,進而佳為5莫耳%~30莫耳%。As a specific method of achieving the (d), for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (D) into the resin (A) can be cited. When the resin (A) contains the repeating unit represented by the formula (D), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 1 mol% to 50 mol% relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A), and more preferably It is 3 mol% to 40 mol%, and more preferably 5 mol% to 30 mol%.

[化34]

Figure 02_image068
[化34]
Figure 02_image068

式(D)中,「Cyclic」表示以環狀結構形成主鏈的基。環的構成原子數並無特別限制。In formula (D), "Cyclic" represents a group that forms a main chain with a cyclic structure. The number of atoms constituting the ring is not particularly limited.

作為式(D)所表示的重複單元,例如可列舉下述重複單元。Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (D) include the following repeating units.

[化35]

Figure 02_image070
[化35]
Figure 02_image070

所述式中,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR''或-COOR'':R''為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧酸基。再者,所述烷基、所述環烷基、所述芳基、所述芳烷基及所述烯基亦可分別具有取代基。另外,R所表示的基中的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經氟原子或碘原子取代。 所述式中,R'分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR''或-COOR'':R''為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧酸基。再者,所述烷基、所述環烷基、所述芳基、所述芳烷基及所述烯基亦可分別具有取代基。另外,R'所表示的基中的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經氟原子或碘原子取代。 m表示0以上的整數。m的上限並無特別限制,2以下的情況較多,1以下的情況更多。In the formula, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen group. Atom, ester group (-OCOR" or -COOR": R" is an alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons) or a carboxylic acid group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. In the formula, R'each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, Ester group (-OCOR" or -COOR": R" is an alkyl or fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons) or a carboxylic acid group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R′ may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. m represents an integer of 0 or more. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, and there are many cases of 2 or less, and more cases of 1 or less.

作為所述(e)的具體的達成方法,例如可列舉在樹脂(A)中導入式(E)所表示的重複單元的方法。 於樹脂(A)含有式(E)所表示的重複單元的情況下,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,該重複單元的含量較佳為1莫耳%~50莫耳%,更佳為3莫耳%~40莫耳%,進而佳為5莫耳%~30莫耳%。As a specific method of achieving the above (e), for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by formula (E) into the resin (A) can be cited. When the resin (A) contains the repeating unit represented by the formula (E), the content of the repeating unit is preferably 1 mol% to 50 mol% relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A), and more preferably It is 3 mol% to 40 mol%, and more preferably 5 mol% to 30 mol%.

[化36]

Figure 02_image072
[化36]
Figure 02_image072

式(E)中,Re分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,例如可列舉可具有取代基的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等。 「Cyclic」是包含主鏈的碳原子的環狀基。環狀基中所含的原子數並無特別限制。In formula (E), Re each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. As an organic group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group etc. which may have a substituent are mentioned, for example. "Cyclic" is a cyclic group containing carbon atoms of the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited.

作為式(E)所表示的重複單元,例如可列舉下述重複單元。Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (E) include the following repeating units.

[化37]

Figure 02_image074
[化37]
Figure 02_image074

所述式中,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR''或-COOR'':R''為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧酸基。再者,所述烷基、所述環烷基、所述芳基、所述芳烷基及所述烯基亦可分別具有取代基。另外,R所表示的基中的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經氟原子或碘原子取代。 R'分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR''或-COOR'':R''為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧酸基。再者,所述烷基、所述環烷基、所述芳基、所述芳烷基及所述烯基亦可分別具有取代基。另外,R'所表示的基中的與碳原子鍵結的氫原子可經氟原子或碘原子取代。 m表示0以上的整數。m的上限並無特別限制,2以下的情況較多,1以下的情況更多。 另外,式(E-2)、式(E-4)、式(E-6)及式(E-8)中,兩個R可彼此鍵結而形成環。In the above formula, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen group. Atom, ester group (-OCOR" or -COOR": R" is an alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons) or a carboxylic acid group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R'each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group and an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, and an ester group (-OCOR" or -COOR": R" is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxylic acid group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R′ may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. m represents an integer of 0 or more. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, and there are many cases of 2 or less, and more cases of 1 or less. In addition, in formula (E-2), formula (E-4), formula (E-6), and formula (E-8), two Rs may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

抗蝕劑組成物中,於總固體成分中,樹脂(A)的含量較佳為50質量%~99.9質量%,更佳為60質量%~99.0質量%。 另外,樹脂(A)可使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。In the resist composition, in the total solid content, the content of the resin (A) is preferably 50% by mass to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 99.0% by mass. In addition, one type of resin (A) may be used, or two or more types may be used.

<(B)藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物> 抗蝕劑組成物亦可含有藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物(光酸產生劑)。光酸產生劑是藉由曝光(較佳為EUV光的曝光)而產生酸的化合物。 光酸產生劑可為低分子化合物的形態,亦可為併入至聚合物的一部分中的形態。另外,亦可併用低分子化合物的形態與併入至聚合物的一部分中的形態。 於光酸產生劑為低分子化合物的形態的情況下,分子量較佳為3000以下,更佳為2000以下,進而佳為1000以下。 於光酸產生劑為併入至聚合物的一部分中的形態的情況下,可併入至樹脂(A)的一部分中,亦可併入至與樹脂(A)不同的樹脂中。 本發明中,光酸產生劑較佳為低分子化合物的形態。 光酸產生劑並無特別限定,其中,較佳為藉由EUV光的照射而產生有機酸的化合物,更佳為分子中具有氟原子或碘原子的光酸產生劑。 作為所述有機酸,例如可列舉:磺酸(脂肪族磺酸、芳香族磺酸及樟腦磺酸等)、羧酸(脂肪族羧酸、芳香族羧酸及芳烷基羧酸等)、羰基磺醯亞胺酸、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺酸及三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物酸等。<(B) Compounds that generate acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation> The resist composition may also contain a compound (photoacid generator) that generates acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The photoacid generator is a compound that generates acid by exposure (preferably exposure of EUV light). The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low-molecular compound, or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. In addition, the form of the low-molecular compound and the form incorporated into a part of the polymer may be used in combination. When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low-molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and still more preferably 1000 or less. When the photoacid generator is a form incorporated into a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A), or may be incorporated into a resin different from the resin (A). In the present invention, the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low-molecular compound. The photoacid generator is not particularly limited. Among them, a compound that generates an organic acid by EUV light irradiation is preferred, and a photoacid generator having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom in the molecule is more preferred. As the organic acid, for example, sulfonic acid (aliphatic sulfonic acid, aromatic sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid, etc.), carboxylic acid (aliphatic carboxylic acid, aromatic carboxylic acid, aralkyl carboxylic acid, etc.), Carbonylsulfonimidic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acid and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid, etc.

由光酸產生劑產生的酸的體積並無特別限制,就抑制由曝光產生的酸向非曝光部的擴散且使解析性良好的方面而言,較佳為240 Å3 以上,更佳為305 Å3 以上,進而佳為350 Å3 以上,尤佳為400 Å3 以上。 再者,就感度或在塗佈溶劑中的溶解性的方面而言,由光酸產生劑產生的酸的體積較佳為1500 Å3 以下,更佳為1000 Å3 以下,進而佳為700 Å3 以下。 所述體積的值使用富士通股份有限公司製造的「WinMOPAC」求出。於計算所述體積的值時,首先,輸入各例的酸的化學結構,其次,將該結構作為初始結構,藉由使用分子力學(Molecular Mechanics,MM)3法的分子力場計算,確定各酸的最穩定立體構象,之後,對該些最穩定立體構象進行使用參數型號(Parameterized Model number,PM)3法的分子軌道計算,可計算出各酸的「佔有體積(accessible volume)」。The volume of the acid generated by the photoacid generator is not particularly limited. In terms of suppressing the diffusion of the acid generated by exposure to the non-exposed area and improving the resolution, it is preferably 240 Å 3 or more, more preferably 305 Å 3 or more, more preferably 350 Å 3 or more, and particularly preferably 400 Å 3 or more. Furthermore, it is a sense in terms of the solubility of the solvent or in a coating, the volume of the acid generated from the photoacid generator is preferably 1500 Å 3 or less, more preferably 1000 Å 3 or less, and further good as 700 Å 3 or less. The value of the volume is obtained using "WinMOPAC" manufactured by Fujitsu Co., Ltd. When calculating the value of the volume, firstly, input the chemical structure of the acid of each example, and secondly, use the structure as the initial structure, and determine the molecular force field calculation using the 3 method of Molecular Mechanics (MM). The most stable three-dimensional conformation of the acid, after which the most stable three-dimensional conformation is calculated using the parameterized model number (PM) 3 method to calculate the "accessible volume" of each acid.

由光酸產生劑產生的酸的結構並無特別限制,就抑制酸的擴散且使解析性良好的方面而言,較佳為由光酸產生劑產生的酸與樹脂(A)之間的相互作用強。就該方面而言,於由光酸產生劑產生的酸為有機酸的情況下,較佳為例如除了磺酸基、羧酸基、羰基磺醯亞胺酸基、雙磺醯亞胺酸基及三磺醯基甲基化物酸基等有機酸基以外,進而具有極性基。 作為極性基,例如可列舉:醚基、酯基、醯胺基、醯基、磺基、磺醯氧基、磺醯胺基、硫醚基、硫酯基、脲基、碳酸酯基、胺基甲酸酯基、羥基及巰基。 產生的酸所具有的極性基的數量並無特別限制,較佳為一個以上,更佳為兩個以上。其中,就抑制過度的顯影的方面而言,極性基的數量較佳為未滿6個,更佳為未滿4個。The structure of the acid generated by the photoacid generator is not particularly limited. In terms of suppressing the diffusion of the acid and improving the resolution, the interaction between the acid generated by the photoacid generator and the resin (A) is preferred. The effect is strong. In this respect, when the acid generated by the photoacid generator is an organic acid, for example, it is preferably in addition to a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, a carbonyl sulfonylimine group, and a bissulfonylimine group. In addition to organic acid groups such as trisulfonyl methide acid groups, it has a polar group. Examples of polar groups include ether groups, ester groups, amide groups, amide groups, sulfo groups, sulfonyloxy groups, sulfonamide groups, thioether groups, thioester groups, urea groups, carbonate groups, and amines. Carbamate, hydroxyl and mercapto groups. The number of polar groups that the generated acid has is not particularly limited, and it is preferably one or more, and more preferably two or more. Among them, in terms of suppressing excessive development, the number of polar groups is preferably less than six, and more preferably less than four.

光酸產生劑較佳為產生以下例示的酸的光酸產生劑。再者,在例子的一部分中,標記體積的計算值(單位Å3 )。The photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that generates the acid exemplified below. Furthermore, in part of the example, the calculated value of the volume (in Å 3 ) is marked.

[化38]

Figure 02_image076
[化38]
Figure 02_image076

[化39]

Figure 02_image078
[化39]
Figure 02_image078

[化40]

Figure 02_image080
[化40]
Figure 02_image080

就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,光酸產生劑較佳為具有陰離子及陽離子的光酸產生劑。In terms of more excellent effects of the present invention, the photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator having anions and cations.

(通式(PA-1)所表示的化合物) 光酸產生劑較佳為含有通式(PA-1)所表示的化合物。(Compound represented by general formula (PA-1)) The photoacid generator preferably contains a compound represented by general formula (PA-1).

[化41]

Figure 02_image082
[化41]
Figure 02_image082

通式(PA-1)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -RP 或-CO-RP 。RP 表示有機基。 通式(PA-1)中存在的兩個RP 可相同亦可不同。 通式(PA-1)中存在的兩個RP 的碳數較佳為分別獨立地為1~25,更佳為1~15。 通式(PA-1)中存在的兩個RP 的除氫原子以外的原子的數量較佳為分別獨立地為2~30,更佳為4~20。 RP 較佳為通式(RF)所表示的基。 -LRF -RRF (RF)Formula (PA-1) in, A 1 and A 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -R P or -CO-R P. R P represents an organic group. The two R P present in the general formula (PA-1) may be the same or different. Formula (PA-1) in the presence of two carbon atoms for R P corresponds each independently is preferably from 1 to 25, more preferably 1 to 15. The number of atoms other than two hydrogen atoms for R P corresponds formula (PA-1) is preferably present in each independently from 2 to 30, more preferably 4 to 20. R P is preferably a group represented by the general formula (RF). -L RF -R RF (RF)

通式(RF)中,LRF 表示單鍵或二價連結基。 作為所述二價連結基,例如可列舉:-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~6)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、伸烯基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為碳數2~6)以及將該些的多個組合而成的二價連結基等。 另外,該些二價連結基在可能的情況下可具有的取代基較佳為鹵素原子,更佳為氟原子。例如,所述伸烷基(亦包括將多個組合而成的二價連結基中可包含的伸烷基)亦較佳為成為全氟伸烷基。 所述二價連結基較佳為-伸烷基-COO-或-伸烷基-SO2 -。-伸烷基-COO-及-伸烷基-SO2 -較佳為伸烷基存在於N- 側。In the general formula (RF), L RF represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include: -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene groups (which may be linear It can also be branched. Preferably it has 1 to 6 carbons, cycloalkylene (preferably 3 to 15 carbons), and alkenylene (which can be straight or branched. It is preferred. These are 2-6 carbon atoms and a divalent linking group formed by combining a plurality of these. In addition, the substituents that these divalent linking groups may have when possible are preferably halogen atoms, and more preferably fluorine atoms. For example, the alkylene group (including the alkylene group that may be contained in the divalent linking group formed by combining a plurality of groups) is also preferably a perfluoroalkylene group. The divalent linking group is preferably -alkylene-COO- or -alkylene-SO 2 -. -Alkylene-COO- and -alkylene-SO 2 -preferably have an alkylene on the N - side.

通式(RF)中,RRF 表示環烷基或烷基。 於RRF 為環烷基的情況下,所述環烷基可為單環亦可為多環。 所述環烷基的碳數較佳為3~15,更佳為5~10。 作為所述環烷基,例如可列舉:降冰片基及十氫化萘基(decalinyl)、金剛烷基。 所述環烷基可具有的取代基較佳為烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~5)。所述環烷基亦較佳為不具有除此以外的取代基。 作為所述環烷基的環員原子的碳原子中的一個以上的碳原子亦可經羰基碳原子及/或雜原子取代。例如,環烷基中的與LRF 鍵結的碳原子(-CH<)亦可經氮原子(-N<)取代。 於RRF 為烷基的情況下,所述烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。 所述烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5。 所述烷基可具有的取代基較佳為環烷基、氟原子或氰基。所述烷基亦較佳為不具有該些以外的取代基。 作為所述取代基的環烷基的例子例如可同樣地列舉於RRF 為環烷基的情況下說明的環烷基。 於所述烷基具有作為所述取代基的氟原子的情況下,所述烷基可成為全氟烷基,亦可不成為全氟烷基。於所述烷基具有作為所述取代基的氟原子的情況下,所述烷基的一部分或全部亦較佳為全氟甲基。In the general formula (RF), R RF represents a cycloalkyl group or an alkyl group. When R RF is a cycloalkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The carbon number of the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3-15, more preferably 5-10. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include norbornyl group, decalinyl group, and adamantyl group. The substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have is preferably an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched. It preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms). The cycloalkyl group preferably has no other substituents. One or more carbon atoms among the carbon atoms of the ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with carbonyl carbon atoms and/or heteroatoms. For example, the carbon atom (-CH<) bonded to L RF in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a nitrogen atom (-N<). When R RF is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5. The substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. It is also preferable that the alkyl group does not have substituents other than these. Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the substituent are similarly exemplified in the cycloalkyl group described in the case where R RF is a cycloalkyl group. When the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, the alkyl group may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group. When the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, a part or all of the alkyl group is also preferably a perfluoromethyl group.

通式(PA-1)中,「A1 -N- -A2 」中所含的兩個RP 可彼此鍵結而形成環。In the general formula (PA-1), two R P contained in "A 1 -N -- A 2 "may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

通式(PA-1)中,M+ 表示陽離子。 M+ 的陽離子較佳為有機陽離子。 所述有機陽離子較佳為分別獨立地為通式(ZaI)所表示的陽離子(陽離子(ZaI))或通式(ZaII)所表示的陽離子(陽離子(ZaII))。In the general formula (PA-1), M + represents a cation. The cation of M + is preferably an organic cation. The organic cations are preferably cations represented by general formula (ZaI) (cations (ZaI)) or cations represented by general formula (ZaII) (cations (ZaII)), respectively.

[化42]

Figure 02_image084
[化42]
Figure 02_image084

所述通式(ZaI)中, R201 、R202 及R203 分別獨立地表示有機基。 作為R201 、R202 及R203 的有機基的碳數通常為1~30,較佳為1~20。另外,R201 ~R203 中的兩個可鍵結而形成環結構,環內可含有氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基或羰基。作為R201 ~R203 中的兩個鍵結而形成的基,例如可列舉伸烷基(例如伸丁基、伸戊基)及-CH2 -CH2 -O-CH2 -CH2 -。In the general formula (ZaI), R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group. The carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is usually 1-30, preferably 1-20. In addition, two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amido group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.

作為通式(ZaI)中的陽離子,例如可列舉後述的陽離子(ZaI-1)、陽離子(ZaI-2)、通式(ZaI-3b)所表示的陽離子(陽離子(ZaI-3b))、以及通式(ZaI-4b)所表示的陽離子(陽離子(ZaI-4b))。Examples of the cation in the general formula (ZaI) include the cation (ZaI-1), the cation (ZaI-2), the cation represented by the general formula (ZaI-3b) (the cation (ZaI-3b)), and A cation (cation (ZaI-4b)) represented by the general formula (ZaI-4b).

首先,對陽離子(ZaI-1)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-1)是所述通式(ZaI)的R201 ~R203 中的至少一個為芳基的芳基鋶陽離子。 芳基鋶陽離子可為R201 ~R203 全部為芳基,亦可為R201 ~R203 的一部分為芳基,剩餘為烷基或環烷基。 另外,R201 ~R203 中的一個為芳基,R201 ~R203 中的剩餘兩個可鍵結而形成環結構,環內亦可含有氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基或羰基。作為R201 ~R203 中的兩個鍵結而形成的基,例如可列舉一個以上的亞甲基可經氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基及/或羰基取代的伸烷基(例如伸丁基、伸戊基或-CH2 -CH2 -O-CH2 -CH2 -)。 作為芳基鋶陽離子,例如可列舉:三芳基鋶陽離子、二芳基烷基鋶陽離子、芳基二烷基鋶陽離子、二芳基環烷基鋶陽離子及芳基二環烷基鋶陽離子。First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be described. The cation (ZaI-1) is an aryl cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the general formula (ZaI) is an aryl group. The aryl sulfonium cation may be that all of R 201 to R 203 are aryl groups, or part of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, and the remainder may be alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups. In addition, one of R 201 to R 203 is an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure. The ring may also contain oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, ester groups, amide groups or Carbonyl. Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group in which one or more methylene groups may be substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amido group, and/or a carbonyl group ( For example, butylene, pentylene or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -). Examples of the aryl sulfonium cation include triaryl sulfonium cation, diaryl alkyl sulfonium cation, aryl dialkyl sulfonium cation, diaryl cycloalkyl sulfonium cation, and aryl dicycloalkyl sulfonium cation.

芳基鋶陽離子中所含的芳基較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。芳基可為含有具有氧原子、氮原子或硫原子等的雜環結構的芳基。作為雜環結構,例如可列舉:吡咯殘基、呋喃殘基、噻吩殘基、吲哚殘基、苯並呋喃殘基及苯並噻吩殘基等。於芳基鋶陽離子具有兩個以上的芳基的情況下,所具有的兩個以上的芳基可相同亦可不同。 芳基鋶陽離子視需要具有的烷基或環烷基較佳為碳數1~15的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~15的支鏈狀烷基或碳數3~15的環烷基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、環丙基、環丁基及環己基等。The aryl group contained in the aryl alumium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group containing a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, and benzothiophene residues. When the aryl alumium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups it has may be the same or different. The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the aryl cation has as necessary is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a n-butyl group, a second butyl group, a tertiary butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned.

R201 ~R203 的芳基、烷基及環烷基可具有的取代基較佳為分別獨立地為烷基(例如碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如碳數3~15)、芳基(例如碳數6~14)、烷氧基(例如碳數1~15)、環烷基烷氧基(例如碳數1~15)、鹵素原子、羥基或苯硫基。 所述取代基在可能的情況下可進而具有取代基,例如所述烷基可具有鹵素原子作為取代基且成為三氟甲基等鹵化烷基。The substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are each independently an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1-15), cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3-15), An aryl group (for example, a carbon number of 6 to 14), an alkoxy group (for example, a carbon number of 1 to 15), a cycloalkylalkoxy group (for example, a carbon number of 1 to 15), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a thiophenyl group. The substituent may further have a substituent when possible. For example, the alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent and become a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group.

其次,對陽離子(ZaI-2)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-2)是式(ZaI)中的R201 ~R203 分別獨立地表示不具有芳香環的有機基的陽離子。此處,所謂芳香環,亦包含含有雜原子的芳香族環。 作為R201 ~R203 的不具有芳香環的有機基通常為碳數1~30,較佳為碳數1~20。 R201 ~R203 較佳為分別獨立地為烷基、環烷基、烯丙基或乙烯基,更佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的2-氧代烷基、2-氧代環烷基或烷氧基羰基甲基,進而佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的2-氧代烷基。Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be described. The cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group without an aromatic ring. Here, the term "aromatic ring" also includes aromatic rings containing heteroatoms. The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 usually has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 201 to R 203 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, and more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group and a 2-oxocycloalkane Group or alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.

作為R201 ~R203 的烷基及環烷基,例如可列舉碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基或碳數3~10的支鏈狀烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基及戊基)、以及碳數3~10的環烷基(例如環戊基、環己基及降冰片基)。 R201 ~R203 亦可經鹵素原子、烷氧基(例如碳數1~5)、羥基、氰基或硝基進一步取代。Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl , Butyl and pentyl), and cycloalkyl groups with 3 to 10 carbon atoms (such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and norbornyl). R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, a carbon number of 1 to 5), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.

其次,對陽離子(ZaI-3b)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-3b)是下述通式(ZaI-3b)所表示的陽離子。Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following general formula (ZaI-3b).

[化43]

Figure 02_image086
[化43]
Figure 02_image086

通式(ZaI-3b)中, R1c ~R5c 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰氧基、環烷基羰氧基、鹵素原子、羥基、硝基、烷硫基或芳硫基。 R6c 及R7c 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(第三丁基等)、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或芳基。 Rx 及Ry 分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、2-氧代烷基、2-氧代環烷基、烷氧基羰基烷基、烯丙基或乙烯基。In the general formula (ZaI-3b), R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, Cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkylthio group or arylthio group. R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (tertiary butyl group, etc.), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group. R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.

R1c ~R5c 中的任意兩個以上、R5c 與R6c 、R6c 與R7c 、R5c 與Rx 以及Rx 與Ry 可分別鍵結而形成環,該環亦可分別獨立地包含氧原子、硫原子、酮基、酯鍵或醯胺鍵。 作為所述環,例如可列舉芳香族或非芳香族的烴環、芳香族或非芳香族的雜環、以及將該些環組合兩個以上而成的多環縮合環。環可列舉3員環~10員環,較佳為4員環~8員環,更佳為5員環或6員環。Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x, and R x and R y may be bonded respectively to form a ring, and the ring may also be independently Contains oxygen atom, sulfur atom, ketone group, ester bond or amide bond. Examples of the ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring include a 3-membered ring to a 10-membered ring, preferably a 4-membered ring to an 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.

作為R1c ~R5c 中的任意兩個以上、R6c 與R7c 、以及Rx 與Ry 鍵結而形成的基,例如可列舉伸丁基及伸戊基等伸烷基。所述伸烷基中的亞甲基可經氧原子等雜原子取代。 R5c 與R6c 、以及R5c 與Rx 鍵結而形成的基較佳為單鍵或伸烷基。作為伸烷基,例如可列舉亞甲基及伸乙基等。Examples of groups formed by bonding any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as butylene and pentylene. The methylene group in the alkylene group may be substituted with heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms. The group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. As the alkylene group, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, etc.

其次,對陽離子(ZaI-4b)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-4b)是下述通式(ZaI-4b)所表示的陽離子。Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following general formula (ZaI-4b).

[化44]

Figure 02_image088
[化44]
Figure 02_image088

通式(ZaI-4b)中, l表示0~2的整數。 r表示0~8的整數。 R13 表示氫原子、氟原子、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基或具有環烷基的基(可為環烷基本身,亦可為一部分中含有環烷基的基)。該些基亦可具有取代基。 R14 表示羥基、烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰基、烷基磺醯基、環烷基磺醯基或具有環烷基的基(可為環烷基本身,亦可為一部分中含有環烷基的基)。該些基亦可具有取代基。R14 於存在多個的情況下分別獨立地表示羥基等所述基。 R15 分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基或萘基。該些基亦可具有取代基。兩個R15 可彼此鍵結而形成環。於兩個R15 彼此鍵結而形成環時,於環骨架中亦可包含氧原子或氮原子等雜原子。於一形態中,較佳為兩個R15 為伸烷基且彼此鍵結而形成環結構。In the general formula (ZaI-4b), l represents an integer of 0-2. r represents an integer of 0-8. R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (the cycloalkyl group may be a cycloalkyl group itself, or a group containing a cycloalkyl group in a part). These groups may have a substituent. R 14 represents a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (the cycloalkyl group itself may be Is a group containing a cycloalkyl group in a part). These groups may have a substituent. When a plurality of R 14 are present, each independently represents the aforementioned groups such as a hydroxyl group. R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom may be included in the ring skeleton. In one aspect, it is preferable that two R 15 are alkylene groups and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

通式(ZaI-4b)中,R13 、R14 及R15 的烷基為直鏈狀或支鏈狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1~10。烷基更佳為甲基、乙基、正丁基或第三丁基等。In the general formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. The alkyl group is more preferably methyl, ethyl, n-butyl or tertiary butyl.

其次,對通式(ZaII)進行說明。 通式(ZaII)中,R204 及R205 分別獨立地表示芳基、烷基或環烷基。 R204 及R205 的芳基較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。R204 及R205 的芳基亦可為含有具有氧原子、氮原子或硫原子等的雜環的芳基。作為具有雜環的芳基的骨架,例如可列舉:吡咯、呋喃、噻吩、吲哚、苯並呋喃及苯並噻吩等。 R204 及R205 的烷基及環烷基較佳為碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基或碳數3~10的支鏈狀烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基或戊基)、或碳數3~10的環烷基(例如環戊基、環己基或降冰片基)。Next, the general formula (ZaII) will be explained. In the general formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group containing a heterocyclic ring having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic ring include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene. The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbons (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.). Group or pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbons (for example, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or norbornyl).

R204 及R205 的芳基、烷基及環烷基可分別獨立地具有取代基。作為R204 及R205 的芳基、烷基及環烷基可具有的取代基,例如可列舉:烷基(例如碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如碳數3~15)、芳基(例如碳數6~15)、烷氧基(例如碳數1~15)、鹵素原子、羥基及苯硫基等。The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include alkyl groups (for example, carbon numbers 1 to 15), cycloalkyl groups (for example, carbon numbers 3 to 15), and aromatic groups. Group (for example, carbon number 6-15), alkoxy (for example, carbon number 1-15), halogen atom, hydroxyl group, thiophenyl group, etc.

(通式(PB)所表示的化合物) 光酸產生劑亦較佳為含有通式(PB)所表示的化合物。 M1 + A- -L-B- M2 + (PB)(Compound represented by general formula (PB)) The photoacid generator preferably contains a compound represented by general formula (PB). M 1 + A -- LB - M 2 + (PB)

通式(PB)所表示的化合物於一分子中包含具有相當於通常的光酸產生劑的功能的結構(相當於「M1 + A- -」的部分)、以及具有相當於酸擴散控制劑的功能的結構(相當於「-B- M2 + 」的部分)此兩者,因此在抗蝕劑膜中,可使所述結構的各自的存在比率固定。 因此,本發明者等人推測,即使於抗蝕劑膜被曝光時,在抗蝕劑膜中產生的酸的量以及擴散亦容易變得均勻,顯影後所獲得的圖案的寬度穩定。Compounds of general formula (PB) comprises a structure represented by the equivalent of having a photoacid generating agent is generally a function of (the equivalent of "A M 1 + - -" moiety) in one molecule, and having the equivalent of the acid diffusion controller The functional structure (corresponding to the part of "-B - M 2 + ") of the two, so in the resist film, the existence ratio of each of the structures can be fixed. Therefore, the inventors of the present invention speculate that even when the resist film is exposed to light, the amount and diffusion of acid generated in the resist film are likely to become uniform, and the width of the pattern obtained after development is stable.

通式(PB)中,M1 + 及M2 + 分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。 M1 + 及M2 + 的有機陽離子可分別獨立地同樣地使用在關於通式(PA-1)的M+ 的說明中列舉的有機陽離子。In the general formula (PB), M 1 + and M 2 + each independently represent an organic cation. As the organic cations of M 1 + and M 2 + , the organic cations listed in the description of M + of the general formula (PA-1) can be used independently of each other in the same manner.

通式(PB)中,L表示二價有機基。 作為所述二價有機基,例如可列舉-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~6。可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數2~6)、以及將該些的多個組合而成的二價連結基等。 構成所述伸環烷基的環烷烴環的亞甲基的一個以上可經羰基碳及/或雜原子(氧原子等)取代。 該些二價連結基亦較佳為進而具有選自由-O-、-S-、-SO-及-SO2 -所組成的群組中的基。In the general formula (PB), L represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, for example, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, alkylene (preferably carbon number 1 to 6. It may be linear or branched), extension Cycloalkyl (preferably carbon number 3-15), alkenylene group (preferably carbon number 2-6), and a divalent linking group formed by combining a plurality of these. One or more of the methylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring of the cycloalkylene group may be substituted with a carbonyl carbon and/or a heteroatom (oxygen atom, etc.). The divalent linking groups preferably further have a group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -SO- and -SO 2 -.

其中,L較佳為下述通式(L)所表示的基。 *A-LA-LB-LC-LD-LE-*B    (L)Among them, L is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (L). *A-LA-LB-LC-LD-LE-*B (L)

通式(L)中,*A表示與通式(PB)中的A- 的鍵結位置。 通式(L)中,*B表示與通式(PB)中的B- 的鍵結位置。In the general formula (L), *A represents the bonding position with A-in the general formula (PB). In the general formula (L), *B represents the bonding position with B-in the general formula (PB).

通式(L)中,LA表示-(C(RLA1 )(RLA2 ))XA -。 所述XA表示1以上的整數,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~3。 RLA1 及RLA2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 RLA1 及RLA2 的取代基較佳為分別獨立地為氟原子或氟烷基,更佳為氟原子或全氟烷基,進而佳為氟原子或全氟甲基。 於XA為2以上的情況下,存在XA個的RLA1 可分別相同亦可不同。 於XA為2以上的情況下,存在XA個的RLA2 可分別相同亦可不同。 -(C(RLA1 )(RLA2 ))-較佳為-CH2 -、-CHF-、-CH(CF3 )-或-CF2 -。 其中,與通式(PB)中的A- 直接鍵結的-(C(RLA1 )(RLA2 ))-較佳為-CH2 -、-CHF-、-CH(CF3 )-或-CF2 -。 與通式(PB)中的A- 直接鍵結的-(C(RLA1 )(RLA2 ))-以外的-(C(RLA1 )(RLA2 ))-較佳為分別獨立地為-CH2 -、-CHF-或-CF2 -。In the general formula (L), LA represents -(C(R LA1 )(R LA2 )) XA -. The XA represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3. R LA1 and R LA2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituents of R LA1 and R LA2 are preferably each independently a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group, and still more preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoromethyl group. When XA is 2 or more, XA R LA1 may be the same or different. When XA is 2 or more, R LA2 in which XA is present may be the same or different. -(C(R LA1 )(R LA2 ))- is preferably -CH 2 -, -CHF-, -CH(CF 3 )- or -CF 2 -. Among them, -(C(R LA1 )(R LA2 ))- which is directly bonded to A- in general formula (PB) is preferably -CH 2 -, -CHF-, -CH(CF 3 )- or- CF 2 -. Other than -(C(R LA1 )(R LA2 ))- which is directly bonded to A- in the general formula (PB) -(C(R LA1 )(R LA2 ))- is preferably each independently- CH 2 -, -CHF- or -CF 2 -.

通式(L)中,LB表示單鍵、酯基(-COO-)或磺醯基(-SO2 -)。In the general formula (L), LB represents a single bond, an ester group (-COO-) or a sulfonyl group (-SO 2 -).

通式(L)中,LC表示單鍵、伸烷基、伸環烷基、或者將該些組合而成的基(「-伸烷基-伸環烷基-」)等)。 所述伸烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。 所述伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~5,更佳為1~2,進而佳為1。 所述伸環烷基的碳數較佳為3~15,更佳為5~10。 所述伸環烷基可為單環亦可為多環。 作為所述伸環烷基,例如可列舉降冰片烷二基及金剛烷二基。 所述伸環烷基可具有的取代基較佳為烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~5)。 構成所述伸環烷基的環烷烴環的亞甲基的一個以上可經羰基碳及/或雜原子(氧原子等)取代。 於LC為「-伸烷基-伸環烷基-」的情況下,伸烷基部分較佳為存在於LB側。 於LB為單鍵的情況下,LC較佳為單鍵或伸環烷基。In the general formula (L), LC represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination of these ("-alkylene group-cycloalkylene group-"), etc.). The alkylene group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-2, and still more preferably 1. The carbon number of the cycloalkylene group is preferably 3-15, more preferably 5-10. The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the cycloalkylene group include norbornanediyl and adamantanediyl. The substituent that the cycloalkylene group may have is preferably an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched. Preferably, it has 1 to 5 carbon atoms). One or more of the methylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring of the cycloalkylene group may be substituted with a carbonyl carbon and/or a heteroatom (oxygen atom, etc.). When LC is "-alkylene-cycloalkylene-", the alkylene moiety is preferably present on the LB side. When LB is a single bond, LC is preferably a single bond or a cycloalkylene group.

通式(L)中,LD表示單鍵、醚基(-O-)、羰基(-CO-)或酯基(-COO-)。In the general formula (L), LD represents a single bond, an ether group (-O-), a carbonyl group (-CO-), or an ester group (-COO-).

通式(L)中,LE表示單鍵或-(C(RLE1 )(RLE2 ))XE -。 所述-(C(RLE1 )(RLE2 ))XE -中的XE表示1以上的整數,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~3。 RLE1 及RLE2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 於XE為2以上的情況下,存在XE個的RLE1 可分別相同亦可不同。 於XE為2以上的情況下,存在XE個的RLE2 可分別相同亦可不同。 其中,-(C(RLE1 )(RLE2 ))-較佳為-CH2 -。 通式(L)中,於LB、LC及LD為單鍵的情況下,較佳為LE亦為單鍵。In the general formula (L), LE represents a single bond or -(C(R LE1 )(R LE2 )) XE -. XE in the -(C(R LE1 )(R LE2 )) XE-represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3. R LE1 and R LE2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When XE is 2 or more, XE R LE1 may be the same or different. When XE is 2 or more, XE R LE2 may be the same or different. Among them, -(C(R LE1 )(R LE2 ))- is preferably -CH 2 -. In the general formula (L), when LB, LC and LD are single bonds, it is preferable that LE is also a single bond.

通式(PB)中,A- 表示酸根陰離子基。 酸根陰離子基是具有陰離子原子的基。 具體而言,A- 較佳為通式(A-1)~(A-2)中的任一者所表示的基。In the general formula (PB), A - represents an acid radical anion group. The acid anion group is a group having an anion atom. Specifically, A -is preferably a group represented by any one of general formulas (A-1) to (A-2).

[化45]

Figure 02_image090
[化45]
Figure 02_image090

通式(A-1)~(A-2)中,*表示鍵結位置。 通式(A-2)中,RA 表示有機基。 RA 較佳為烷基。 所述烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。 所述烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5。 所述烷基可具有的取代基較佳為氟原子。 具有氟原子作為取代基的所述烷基可成為全氟烷基,亦可不成為全氟烷基。In the general formulas (A-1) to (A-2), * represents the bonding position. Formula (A-2) in, R A represents an organic group. R A is preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5. The substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a fluorine atom. The alkyl group having a fluorine atom as a substituent may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group.

通式(PB)中,B- 表示通式(B-1)~(B-4)中的任一者所表示的基。 B- 較佳為通式(B-1)~(B-3)中的任一者所表示的基,更佳為通式(B-1)~(B-2)中的任一者所表示的基。In general formula (PB), B - represents a group represented by any one of general formulas (B-1) to (B-4). B -is preferably a group represented by any of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-3), more preferably a group represented by any of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-2) Represents the base.

[化46]

Figure 02_image092
[化46]
Figure 02_image092

通式(B-1)~(B-4)中,*表示鍵結位置。 通式(B-1)~(B-4)中,RB 表示有機基。 RB 較佳為環烷基或烷基。 於RB 為環烷基的情況下,所述環烷基的碳數較佳為3~15,更佳為5~10。 所述環烷基可為單環亦可為多環。 作為所述環烷基,例如可列舉降冰片基及金剛烷基。 所述環烷基可具有的取代基較佳為烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。較佳為碳數1~5)。 作為所述環烷基的環員原子的碳原子中的一個以上的碳原子可經羰基碳原子取代。 於RB 為烷基的情況下,所述烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。 所述烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5。 所述烷基可具有的取代基較佳為環烷基、氟原子或氰基。 作為所述取代基的環烷基的例子可同樣地列舉於RB 為環烷基的情況下說明的環烷基。 於所述烷基具有作為所述取代基的氟原子的情況下,所述烷基可成為全氟烷基,亦可不成為全氟烷基。於所述烷基具有作為所述取代基的氟原子的情況下,所述烷基的一部分或全部亦較佳為全氟甲基。In the general formulas (B-1) to (B-4), * represents the bonding position. In the general formula (B-1) ~ (B -4), R B represents an organic group. R B is preferably a cycloalkyl group or an alkyl group. In the case where R B is a cycloalkyl group, the cycloalkyl group preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 15, more preferably from 5 to 10. The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include norbornyl group and adamantyl group. The substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have is preferably an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched. It preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms). One or more carbon atoms among the carbon atoms of the ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a carbonyl carbon atom. Under a case where R B is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be linear or branched or. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5. The substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Cycloalkyl described case of the Examples of the cycloalkyl group may be substituted in the same manner as R B is exemplified a cycloalkyl group. When the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, the alkyl group may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group. When the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, a part or all of the alkyl group is also preferably a perfluoromethyl group.

於通式(PB)所表示的化合物的M1 + 及M2 + 分別經氫原子取代的HA-L-BH所表示的化合物中,HA所表示的基的pKa比BH所表示的基的pKa低。 更具體而言,在對HA-L-BH所表示的化合物求出酸解離常數的情況下,將「HA-L-BH」成為「A- -L-BH」時的pKa設為「HA所表示的基的pKa」,進而將「A- -L-BH」成為「A- -L-B- 」時的pKa設為「BH所表示的基的pKa」。 「HA所表示的基的pKa」及「BH所表示的基的pKa」分別使用「軟體包1」或「高斯(Gaussian)16」求出。 其中,HA所表示的基的pKa較佳為-12.00~1.00,更佳為-7.00~0.50,進而佳為-5.00~0.00。 HB所表示的基的pKa較佳為-4.00~14.00,更佳為-2.00~12.00,進而佳為-1.00~5.00。 HB所表示的基的pKa與HA所表示的基的pKa之差(「HB所表示的基的pKa」-「HA所表示的基的pKa」)較佳為0.10~20.00,更佳為0.50~17.00,進而佳為2.00~15.00。 In the compound represented by HA-L-BH in which M 1 + and M 2 + of the compound represented by the general formula (PB) are each substituted with a hydrogen atom, the pKa of the group represented by HA is higher than the pKa of the group represented by BH low. More specifically, in the case of calculating the acid dissociation constant for the compound represented by HA-L-BH , the pKa when "HA-L-BH" becomes "A-- L-BH" is referred to as "HA The pKa of the base represented by "A -- L-BH ", and the pKa when "A-- LB - " becomes "A--LB -" is further defined as the "pKa of the base represented by BH". "The pKa of the base represented by HA" and "the pKa of the base represented by BH" are obtained using "Package 1" or "Gaussian 16", respectively. Among them, the pKa of the group represented by HA is preferably -12.00 to 1.00, more preferably -7.00 to 0.50, and still more preferably -5.00 to 0.00. The pKa of the group represented by HB is preferably -4.00 to 14.00, more preferably -2.00 to 12.00, and still more preferably -1.00 to 5.00. The difference between the pKa of the group represented by HB and the pKa of the group represented by HA ("pKa of the group represented by HB"-"pKa of the group represented by HA") is preferably 0.10 to 20.00, more preferably 0.50 to 17.00, more preferably 2.00 to 15.00.

(其他光酸產生劑) 抗蝕劑組成物亦可使用所述以外的其他光酸產生劑。 作為其他光酸產生劑,例如可列舉「M+ Z- (M+ 表示陽離子,Z- 表示陰離子)」所表示的化合物(鎓鹽)。(Other photo-acid generators) The resist composition may use photo-acid generators other than those mentioned above. As another photoacid generator, for example, "M + Z - (M + represents a cation, Z - represents an anion)" compound (salt) represented.

「M+ Z- 」所表示的化合物中,M+ 表示陽離子,可列舉與通式(PA-1)中的陽離子相同的陽離子。 「M+ Z- 」所表示的化合物中,Z- 表示陰離子,較佳為引起親核反應的能力顯著低的陰離子。 作為所述陰離子,例如可列舉:磺酸根陰離子(氟烷基磺酸根陰離子等脂肪族磺酸根陰離子、芳香族磺酸根陰離子及樟腦磺酸根陰離子等)、羧酸根陰離子(脂肪族羧酸根陰離子、芳香族羧酸根陰離子及芳烷基羧酸根陰離子等)、以及三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。"M + Z -" compound represented by, M + represents a cation of the same, may include the general formula (PA-1) cations cation. "M + Z -" compound represented by, Z - represents an anion, preferably the ability to cause nucleophilic reaction is significantly low anion. Examples of the anion include sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions such as fluoroalkylsulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic Group carboxylate anions and aralkyl carboxylate anions, etc.), and tri(alkylsulfonyl) methide anions.

脂肪族磺酸根陰離子及脂肪族羧酸根陰離子中的脂肪族部位可為烷基亦可為環烷基,較佳為碳數1~30的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、以及碳數3~30的環烷基。The aliphatic part in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and a carbon number 3-30 cycloalkyl.

芳香族磺酸根陰離子及芳香族羧酸根陰離子中的芳香環基較佳為碳數6~14的芳基,例如可列舉苯基、甲苯基及萘基。The aromatic ring group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and the aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.

作為所述列舉的烷基、環烷基及芳基可具有的取代基,例如可列舉:硝基、氟原子等鹵素原子、羧酸基、羥基、胺基、氰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~15)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~7)、醯基(較佳為碳數2~12)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數2~7)、烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基亞胺基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~15)、芳氧基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~20)、烷基芳氧基磺醯基(較佳為碳數7~20)、環烷基芳氧基磺醯基(較佳為碳數10~20)、烷氧基烷氧基(較佳為碳數5~20)及環烷基烷氧基烷氧基(較佳為碳數8~20)。Examples of the substituents that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have include halogen atoms such as nitro group and fluorine atom, carboxylic acid group, hydroxyl group, amino group, cyano group, and alkoxy group (more Preferred are carbon number 1-15), cycloalkyl (preferably carbon number 3-15), aryl group (preferably carbon number 6-14), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably carbon number 2-7) , Alkyl (preferably carbon number 2-12), alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably carbon number 2-7), alkylthio (preferably carbon number 1-15), alkylsulfonyl (Preferably carbon number 1-15), alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably carbon number 1-15), aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably carbon number 6-20), alkyl aryl Oxysulfonyl (preferably carbon number 7-20), cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl (preferably carbon number 10-20), alkoxy alkoxy (preferably carbon number 5-20) 20) and cycloalkylalkoxyalkoxy (preferably carbon number 8-20).

芳烷基羧酸根陰離子中的芳烷基較佳為碳數7~12的芳烷基,例如可列舉苄基、苯乙基、萘基甲基、萘基乙基及萘基丁基。The aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include benzyl, phenethyl, naphthylmethyl, naphthylethyl, and naphthylbutyl.

三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子中的烷基較佳為碳數1~5的烷基。作為該些烷基的取代基,例如可列舉:鹵素原子、經鹵素原子取代的烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷氧基磺醯基、芳氧基磺醯基及環烷基芳氧基磺醯基,較佳為氟原子或經氟原子取代的烷基。The alkyl group in the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of substituents of these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkoxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkyl aryl groups. The oxysulfonyl group is preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.

作為其他非親核性陰離子,例如可列舉氟化磷(例如PF6 - )、氟化硼(例如BF4 - )及氟化銻(例如SbF6 - )。As other non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include phosphorus fluoride (e.g., PF 6 -), boron trifluoride (e.g., BF 4 -) and antimony trifluoride (e.g., SbF 6 -).

非親核性陰離子較佳為磺酸的至少α位經氟原子取代的脂肪族磺酸根陰離子、經氟原子或具有氟原子的基取代的芳香族磺酸根陰離子、或者烷基經氟原子取代的三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。其中,更佳為全氟脂肪族磺酸根陰離子(較佳為碳數4~8)或具有氟原子的苯磺酸根陰離子,進而佳為九氟丁磺酸根陰離子、全氟辛磺酸根陰離子、五氟苯磺酸根陰離子或3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯磺酸根陰離子。The non-nucleophilic anion is preferably an aliphatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom in at least the α position of a sulfonic acid, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom Tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion. Among them, more preferred are perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anions (preferably carbon number 4-8) or benzenesulfonate anions having a fluorine atom, and more preferred are nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, perfluorooctanesulfonate anion, five Fluorobenzenesulfonate anion or 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonate anion.

就酸強度的方面而言,為了提高感度,較佳為產生酸的pKa為-1以下。In terms of acid strength, in order to increase sensitivity, it is preferable that the pKa for generating acid is -1 or less.

另外,非親核性陰離子亦較佳為以下的通式(AN1)所表示的陰離子。In addition, the non-nucleophilic anion is also preferably an anion represented by the following general formula (AN1).

[化47]

Figure 02_image094
[化47]
Figure 02_image094

式中, Xf分別獨立地表示氟原子或經至少一個氟原子取代的烷基。 R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子或烷基,存在多個時的R1 及R2 可分別相同亦可不同。 L表示二價連結基,存在多個時的L可相同亦可不同。 A表示環狀有機基。 x表示1~20的整數,y表示0~10的整數,z表示0~10的整數。In the formula, Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 1 and R 2, they may be the same or different. L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different. A represents a cyclic organic group. x represents an integer of 1-20, y represents an integer of 0-10, and z represents an integer of 0-10.

對通式(AN1)進行更詳細的說明。 Xf的經氟原子取代的烷基中的烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~4。另外,Xf的經氟原子取代的烷基較佳為全氟烷基。 Xf較佳為氟原子或碳數1~4的全氟烷基。Xf例如可列舉:氟原子、CF3 、C2 F5 、C3 F7 、C4 F9 、CH2 CF3 、CH2 CH2 CF3 、CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 C4 F9 及CH2 CH2 C4 F9 等,其中,較佳為氟原子或CF3 。尤佳為兩個Xf為氟原子。The general formula (AN1) is explained in more detail. The carbon number of the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. In addition, the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of Xf include fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9, etc. Among them, a fluorine atom or CF 3 is preferred. It is particularly preferable that two Xf are fluorine atoms.

R1 及R2 的烷基可具有取代基(較佳為氟原子),取代基中的碳數較佳為1~4。取代基較佳為碳數1~4的全氟烷基。R1 及R2 的具有取代基的烷基例如可列舉:CF3 、C2 F5 、C3 F7 、C4 F9 、C5 F11 、C6 F13 、C7 F15 、C8 F17 、CH2 CF3 、CH2 CH2 CF3 、CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 C4 F9 及CH2 CH2 C4 F9 等,其中,較佳為CF3 。 R1 及R2 較佳為氟原子或CF3The alkyl group of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and the number of carbons in the substituent is preferably 1-4. The substituent is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituted alkyl groups of R 1 and R 2 include CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , and C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 etc., among which CF 3 is preferred. R 1 and R 2 are preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 .

x較佳為1~10的整數,更佳為1~5。 y較佳為0~4的整數,更佳為0。 z較佳為0~5的整數,更佳為0~3的整數。 作為L的二價連結基,例如可列舉:-COO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基、以及將該些的多個連結而成的連結基等,較佳為總碳數12以下的連結基。其中,較佳為-COO-、-CO-或-O-,更佳為-COO-。x is preferably an integer of 1-10, more preferably 1-5. y is preferably an integer of 0-4, more preferably 0. z is preferably an integer of 0-5, more preferably an integer of 0-3. Examples of the divalent linking group of L include -COO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, And the linking group etc. formed by linking a plurality of these are preferably a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less. Among them, -COO-, -CO- or -O- is preferred, and -COO- is more preferred.

A的環狀有機基只要是具有環狀結構者,則並無特別限定,可列舉脂環基、芳香環基及雜環基(不僅包含具有芳香族性者,亦包含不具有芳香族性者)等。 脂環基可為單環亦可為多環,較佳為環戊基、環己基及環辛基等單環的環烷基,除此以外,亦較佳為降冰片基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。其中,就可抑制曝光後加熱步驟中的膜中擴散性且遮罩誤差增強因子(Mask Error Enhancement Factor,MEEF)提高的方面而言,較佳為降冰片基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等具有碳數7以上的體積大的結構的脂環基。 作為芳香環基,例如可列舉苯環、萘環、菲環及蒽環等。 作為雜環基,例如可列舉源自呋喃環、噻吩環、苯並呋喃環、苯並噻吩環、二苯並呋喃環、二苯並噻吩環及吡啶環等的基。其中,較佳為源自呋喃環、噻吩環或吡啶環的基。The cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure. Examples include alicyclic groups, aromatic cyclic groups, and heterocyclic groups (not only those having aromatic properties, but also those having non-aromatic properties. )Wait. The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In addition, it is also preferably norbornyl and tricyclodecyl , Tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl and adamantyl and other polycyclic cycloalkyls. Among them, in terms of suppressing the diffusibility in the film in the heating step after exposure and improving the Mask Error Enhancement Factor (MEEF), norbornyl, tricyclodecyl, and tetracyclodecyl are preferred. Alicyclic group having a bulky structure with 7 or more carbon atoms, such as tetracyclododecyl group, and adamantyl group. As an aromatic ring group, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of heterocyclic groups include groups derived from furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyridine ring, and the like. Among them, preferred is a group derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, or a pyridine ring.

另外,作為環狀有機基,亦可列舉內酯結構,作為具體例,可列舉所述通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-22)所表示的內酯結構。Moreover, as a cyclic organic group, a lactone structure can also be mentioned, As a specific example, the lactone structure represented by the said general formula (LC1-1)-(LC1-22) is mentioned.

所述環狀有機基可具有取代基。所述取代基可列舉:烷基(可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀,亦可含有環狀結構。較佳為碳數1~12)、環烷基(可為單環及多環中的任一者,於為多環時亦可為螺環。較佳為碳數3~20)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、羥基、烷氧基、酯基、醯胺基、胺基甲酸酯基、脲基、硫醚基、磺醯胺基及磺酸酯基等。再者,構成環狀有機基的碳(有助於環形成的碳)亦可為羰基碳。The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include: alkyl (which may be linear or branched, and may contain a cyclic structure. Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 12), cycloalkyl (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic) Any one of these may be a spiro ring when it is a polycyclic ring. Preferably it is a carbon number of 3-20), an aryl group (preferably a carbon number of 6-14), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, and an acyl group Amine group, urethane group, urea group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, sulfonate group, etc. Furthermore, the carbon (carbon that contributes to ring formation) constituting the cyclic organic group may be a carbonyl carbon.

另外,光酸產生劑亦可為具有陽離子部與陰離子部、兩者經共價鍵連結的結構的甜菜鹼化合物。In addition, the photoacid generator may be a betaine compound having a structure in which a cation part and an anion part, and the two are connected by a covalent bond.

作為光酸產生劑,可引用日本專利特開2014-41328號公報的段落[0368]~[0377]以及日本專利特開2013-228681號公報的段落[0240]~[0262](對應的美國專利申請公開第2015/004533號說明書的[0339]),將該些內容併入至本案說明書中。 另外,作為較佳的具體例,可列舉以下化合物。下述化合物中,於可能的情況下,陰離子與陽離子可任意交換。As the photoacid generator, paragraphs [0368] to [0377] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-41328 and paragraphs [0240] to [0262] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-228681 (corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/004533 Specification [0339]), and incorporated these contents into the specification of this case. In addition, as preferred specific examples, the following compounds can be cited. In the following compounds, where possible, anions and cations can be exchanged arbitrarily.

[化48]

Figure 02_image096
[化48]
Figure 02_image096

[化49]

Figure 02_image098
[化49]
Figure 02_image098

[化50]

Figure 02_image100
[化50]
Figure 02_image100

[化51]

Figure 02_image102
[化51]
Figure 02_image102

[化52]

Figure 02_image104
[化52]
Figure 02_image104

[化53]

Figure 02_image106
[化53]
Figure 02_image106

抗蝕劑組成物中的光酸產生劑的含量並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,相對於組成物的總固體成分,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為9質量%以上,進而佳為15質量%以上。另外,所述含量較佳為40質量%以下,更佳為35質量%以下,進而佳為30質量%以下。 光酸產生劑可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。The content of the photoacid generator in the resist composition is not particularly limited. In terms of the more excellent effect of the present invention, it is preferably 5% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the composition, and more preferably 9% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more. In addition, the content is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 35% by mass or less, and still more preferably 30% by mass or less. One type of photoacid generator may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

<(C)溶劑> 抗蝕劑組成物亦可含有溶劑。 溶劑較佳為含有(M1)丙二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯、以及(M2)中的至少一者,所述(M2)選自由丙二醇單烷基醚、乳酸酯、乙酸酯、烷氧基丙酸酯、鏈狀酮、環狀酮、內酯及碳酸伸烷基酯所組成的群組中的至少一者。再者,所述溶劑亦可進而含有成分(M1)及(M2)以外的成分。<(C) Solvent> The resist composition may also contain a solvent. The solvent preferably contains at least one of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2), and the (M2) is selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate, acetate, alkoxy At least one of the group consisting of propyl propionate, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. In addition, the solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).

本發明者等人發現,若將所述溶劑與所述樹脂組合使用,則組成物的塗佈性提高,且可形成顯影缺陷數少的圖案。其原因雖未必明確,但本發明者等人認為其原因在於,該些溶劑由於所述樹脂的溶解性、沸點及黏度的平衡良好,因此可抑制組成物膜的膜厚不均及旋塗中的析出物的產生等。The inventors of the present invention found that when the solvent is used in combination with the resin, the coating properties of the composition are improved and a pattern with a small number of development defects can be formed. Although the reason is not necessarily clear, the present inventors believe that the reason is that these solvents have a good balance of solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the resin, so that the film thickness unevenness of the composition film and the spin coating can be suppressed. The production of precipitates and so on.

成分(M1)較佳為選自由丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA:propylene glycol monomethylether acetate)、丙二醇單甲醚丙酸酯及丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯所組成的群組中的至少一種,更佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)。Component (M1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethylether acetate (PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethylether acetate), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and Preferably, it is propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA).

成分(M2)較佳為以下溶劑。 丙二醇單烷基醚較佳為丙二醇單甲醚(propylene glycol monomethylether,PGME)及丙二醇單乙醚(PGEE)。 乳酸酯較佳為乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯或乳酸丙酯。 乙酸酯較佳為乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸異戊酯、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸丙酯或乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯。 另外,亦較佳為丁酸丁酯。 烷氧基丙酸酯較佳為3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯(methyl 3-Methoxypropionate,MMP)或3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯(ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate,EEP)。 鏈狀酮較佳為1-辛酮、2-辛酮、1-壬酮、2-壬酮、丙酮、2-庚酮、4-庚酮、1-己酮、2-己酮、二異丁基酮、苯基丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙醯丙酮、丙酮基丙酮、紫羅酮、二丙酮醇、乙醯基原醇、苯乙酮、甲基萘基酮或甲基戊基酮。 環狀酮較佳為甲基環己酮、異佛爾酮、環戊酮或環己酮。 內酯較佳為γ-丁內酯。 碳酸伸烷基酯較佳為碳酸伸丙酯。The component (M2) is preferably the following solvent. The propylene glycol monoalkyl ether is preferably propylene glycol monomethylether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE). The lactate is preferably ethyl lactate, butyl lactate or propyl lactate. The acetate is preferably methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate or acetic acid. -Methoxybutyl ester. In addition, butyl butyrate is also preferred. The alkoxy propionate is preferably methyl 3-Methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP). The chain ketone is preferably 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diiso Butyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetoacetone, acetonyl acetone, ionone, diacetone alcohol, acetoacetone, acetophenone, methyl naphthalene Base ketone or methyl amyl ketone. The cyclic ketone is preferably methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone or cyclohexanone. The lactone is preferably γ-butyrolactone. The alkylene carbonate is preferably propylene carbonate.

成分(M2)更佳為丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、乳酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、甲基戊基酮、環己酮、乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯、γ-丁內酯或碳酸伸丙酯。The component (M2) is more preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, and γ-butyl Lactone or propylene carbonate.

除了所述成分以外,較佳為使用碳數為7以上(較佳為7~14,更佳為7~12,進而佳為7~10)且雜原子數為2以下的酯系溶劑。In addition to the above-mentioned components, it is preferable to use an ester solvent having a carbon number of 7 or more (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, and still more preferably 7 to 10) and a heteroatom of 2 or less.

作為碳數為7以上且雜原子數為2以下的酯系溶劑,例如可列舉乙酸戊酯、乙酸2-甲基丁酯、乙酸1-甲基丁酯、乙酸己酯、丙酸戊酯、丙酸己酯、丙酸丁酯、異丁酸異丁酯、丙酸庚酯及丁酸丁酯等,較佳為乙酸異戊酯。Examples of ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include pentyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, Hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, isobutyl isobutyrate, heptyl propionate, butyl butyrate, etc., preferably isoamyl acetate.

成分(M2)較佳為閃點(以下,亦稱為fp)為37℃以上的溶劑。所述成分(M2)較佳為丙二醇單甲醚(fp:47℃)、乳酸乙酯(fp:53℃)、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯(fp:49℃)、甲基戊基酮(fp:42℃)、環己酮(fp:44℃)、乙酸戊酯(fp:45℃)、2-羥基異丁酸甲酯(fp:45℃)、γ-丁內酯(fp:101℃)或碳酸伸丙酯(fp:132℃)。該些中,更佳為丙二醇單乙醚、乳酸乙酯、乙酸戊酯或環己酮,進而佳為丙二醇單乙醚或乳酸乙酯。 再者,此處,所謂「閃點」是指東京化成工業股份有限公司或西格瑪奧瑞奇(Sigma-Aldrich)公司的試劑目錄中記載的值。The component (M2) is preferably a solvent having a flash point (hereinafter also referred to as fp) of 37°C or higher. The component (M2) is preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47°C), ethyl lactate (fp: 53°C), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49°C), methylpentyl Ketone (fp: 42°C), cyclohexanone (fp: 44°C), amyl acetate (fp: 45°C), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45°C), γ-butyrolactone (fp : 101°C) or propylene carbonate (fp: 132°C). Among these, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, amyl acetate or cyclohexanone is more preferred, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate is still more preferred. In addition, here, the "flash point" refers to the value described in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich.

溶劑較佳為含有成分(M1)。溶劑更佳為實質上僅包含成分(M1)或者為成分(M1)與其他成分的混合溶劑。於後者的情況下,溶劑進而佳為含有成分(M1)與成分(M2)此兩者。The solvent preferably contains the component (M1). It is more preferable that the solvent contains substantially only the component (M1) or is a mixed solvent of the component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, the solvent further preferably contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2).

成分(M1)與成分(M2)的質量比(M1/M2)較佳為「100/0」~「0/10」,更佳為「100/0」~「15/85」,進而佳為「100/0」~「40/60」,尤佳為「100/0」~「60/40」。即,於溶劑含有成分(M1)與成分(M2)此兩者的情況下,成分(M1)相對於成分(M2)的質量比較佳為15/85以上,更佳為40/60以上,進而佳為60/40以上。若採用所述構成,則可進一步減少顯影缺陷數。The mass ratio (M1/M2) of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably "100/0" to "0/10", more preferably "100/0" to "15/85", and still more preferably "100/0"~"40/60", especially "100/0"~"60/40". That is, when the solvent contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2), the mass of the component (M1) relative to the component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more, and further Preferably, it is 60/40 or more. According to this configuration, the number of development defects can be further reduced.

再者,於溶劑含有成分(M1)與成分(M2)此兩者的情況下,成分(M1)相對於成分(M2)的質量比例如設為99/1以下。In addition, when the solvent contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2), the mass ratio of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is set to 99/1 or less, for example.

如上所述,溶劑亦可進而含有成分(M1)及(M2)以外的成分。該情況下,相對於溶劑的總量,成分(M1)及(M2)以外的成分的含量較佳為5質量%~30質量%。As described above, the solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2). In this case, the content of components other than the components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass relative to the total amount of the solvent.

抗蝕劑組成物中的溶劑的含量較佳為設定為固體成分濃度成為0.5質量%~30質量%,更佳為設定為固體成分濃度成為1質量%~20質量%。如此,可進一步提高抗蝕劑組成物的塗佈性。 再者,所謂固體成分是指溶劑以外的所有成分。The content of the solvent in the resist composition is preferably set so that the solid content concentration is 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably set so that the solid content concentration is 1% by mass to 20% by mass. In this way, the coatability of the resist composition can be further improved. In addition, the term "solid content" refers to all components other than the solvent.

<(D)酸擴散控制劑> 抗蝕劑組成物亦可進而含有酸擴散控制劑。酸擴散控制劑作為捕獲由光酸產生劑所產生的酸的淬滅劑發揮作用,且發揮控制抗蝕劑膜中的酸的擴散現象的作用。 酸擴散控制劑例如可為鹼性化合物。 鹼性化合物較佳為具有下述通式(A)~通式(E)所表示的結構的化合物。<(D) Acid diffusion control agent> The resist composition may further contain an acid diffusion control agent. The acid diffusion control agent functions as a quencher that traps the acid generated by the photoacid generator, and also functions to control the diffusion phenomenon of the acid in the resist film. The acid diffusion control agent may be, for example, a basic compound. The basic compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (A) to general formula (E).

[化54]

Figure 02_image108
[化54]
Figure 02_image108

通式(A)及通式(E)中,R200 、R201 及R202 可相同亦可不同,表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1~20)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~20)或芳基(較佳為碳數6~20),此處,R201 與R202 亦可彼此鍵結而形成環。In general formula (A) and general formula (E), R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably with 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably It is a carbon number of 3-20) or an aryl group (preferably a carbon number of 6-20). Here, R 201 and R 202 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring.

關於所述烷基,具有取代基的烷基較佳為碳數1~20的胺基烷基、碳數1~20的羥基烷基或碳數1~20的氰基烷基。 R203 、R204 、R205 及R206 可相同亦可不同,表示碳數1~20的烷基。 該些通式(A)及通式(E)中的烷基更佳為未經取代。Regarding the alkyl group, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different, and represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is more preferable that the alkyl group in these general formula (A) and general formula (E) is unsubstituted.

作為鹼性化合物,較佳為胍、胺基吡咯啶、吡唑、吡唑啉、哌嗪、胺基嗎啉、胺基烷基嗎啉(烷基部分可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀,一部分可經醚基及/或酯基取代。烷基部分的氫原子以外的所有原子的合計數的合計較佳為1~17)、或哌啶等。其中,更佳為具有咪唑結構、二氮雜雙環結構、氫氧化鎓結構、羧酸鎓鹽結構、三烷基胺結構、苯胺結構或吡啶結構的化合物,具有羥基及/或醚鍵的烷基胺衍生物、或者具有羥基及/或醚鍵的苯胺衍生物等。The basic compound is preferably guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine (the alkyl part may be linear or branched) In the form, a part may be substituted with ether groups and/or ester groups. The total number of all atoms other than hydrogen atoms in the alkyl part is preferably 1-17), piperidine, or the like. Among them, more preferred are compounds having an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclic structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure, or a pyridine structure, and an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond. Amine derivatives, or aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and/or ether bond, etc.

作為具有咪唑結構的化合物,例如可列舉咪唑、2,4,5-三苯基咪唑及苯並咪唑等。作為具有二氮雜雙環結構的化合物,例如可列舉:1,4-二氮雜雙環[2,2,2]辛烷、1,5-二氮雜雙環[4,3,0]壬-5-烯及1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]十一-7-烯等。作為具有氫氧化鎓結構的化合物,例如可列舉:三芳基氫氧化鋶、苯甲醯甲基氫氧化鋶及具有2-氧代烷基的氫氧化鋶等。具體而言,可列舉:三苯基氫氧化鋶、三(第三丁基苯基)氫氧化鋶、雙(第三丁基苯基)氫氧化碘、苯甲醯甲基氫氧化噻吩鎓及2-氧代丙基氫氧化噻吩鎓等。具有羧酸鎓鹽結構的化合物是具有氫氧化鎓結構的化合物的陰離子部成為羧酸鹽者,例如可列舉:乙酸鹽、金剛烷-1-羧酸鹽及全氟烷基羧酸鹽等。作為具有三烷基胺結構的化合物,例如可列舉三(正丁基)胺及三(正辛基)胺等。作為苯胺化合物,例如可列舉:2,6-二異丙基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二丁基苯胺及N,N-二己基苯胺等。作為具有羥基及/或醚鍵的烷基胺衍生物,例如可列舉:乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、三(甲氧基乙氧基乙基)胺及(HO-C2 H4 -O-C2 H4 )2 N(-C3 H6 -O-CH3 )等。作為具有羥基及/或醚鍵的苯胺衍生物,例如可列舉N,N-雙(羥基乙基)苯胺等。Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, and benzimidazole. Examples of the compound having a diazabicyclic structure include: 1,4-diazabicyclo[2,2,2]octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0]non-5 -Ene and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene, etc. Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triaryl sulfonium hydroxide, benzyl methyl sulfonium hydroxide, and sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group. Specifically, examples include: triphenyl sulfonium hydroxide, tris(tertiary butylphenyl) sulfonium hydroxide, bis(tertiary butylphenyl) iodine hydroxide, benzylmethylthiophenium hydroxide, and 2-oxopropyl thiophenium hydroxide and the like. The compound having an onium carboxylate structure is one in which the anion portion of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure becomes a carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylate. Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri(n-butyl)amine and tri(n-octyl)amine. Examples of the aniline compound include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-dibutylaniline, and N,N-dihexylaniline. Examples of alkylamine derivatives having hydroxyl groups and/or ether bonds include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tris(methoxyethoxyethyl)amine, and (HO-C 2 H 4 -OC 2 H 4 ) 2 N(-C 3 H 6 -O-CH 3 ) and so on. As an aniline derivative which has a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond, N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl) aniline etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為鹼性化合物,可較佳地列舉具有苯氧基的胺化合物及具有苯氧基的銨鹽化合物。As a basic compound, the amine compound which has a phenoxy group and the ammonium salt compound which has a phenoxy group are mentioned suitably.

作為胺化合物,例如可使用一級、二級及三級胺化合物,較佳為至少一個烷基與氮原子鍵結的胺化合物。胺化合物更佳為三級胺化合物。胺化合物中,若至少一個烷基(較佳為碳數1~20)與氮原子鍵結,則除了烷基以外,環烷基(較佳為碳數3~20)或芳基(較佳為碳數6~12)亦可與氮原子鍵結。 另外,胺化合物較佳為具有氧伸烷基。氧伸烷基的數量於分子內較佳為1以上,更佳為3~9,進而佳為4~6。氧伸烷基中亦較佳為氧乙烯基(-CH2 CH2 O-)、或氧丙烯基(-CH(CH3 )CH2 O-或CH2 CH2 CH2 O-),更佳為氧乙烯基。As the amine compound, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amine compounds can be used, and an amine compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferred. The amine compound is more preferably a tertiary amine compound. In the amine compound, if at least one alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-20) is bonded to a nitrogen atom, in addition to the alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group (preferably a carbon number 3-20) or an aryl group (preferably It has 6 to 12 carbon atoms) and can also be bonded to a nitrogen atom. In addition, the amine compound preferably has an oxyalkylene group. The number of oxyalkylene groups in the molecule is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3-9, and still more preferably 4-6. The oxyalkylene group is also preferably an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O- or CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-), more preferably For oxyethylene.

作為銨鹽化合物,例如可列舉一級、二級、三級及四級銨鹽化合物,較佳為至少一個烷基與氮原子鍵結的銨鹽化合物。銨鹽化合物中,若至少一個烷基(較佳為碳數1~20)與氮原子鍵結,則除了烷基以外,環烷基(較佳為碳數3~20)或芳基(較佳為碳數6~12)亦可與氮原子鍵結。 銨鹽化合物較佳為具有氧伸烷基。氧伸烷基的數量於分子內較佳為1以上,更佳為3~9,進而佳為4~6。氧伸烷基中亦較佳為氧乙烯基(-CH2 CH2 O-)、或氧丙烯基(-CH(CH3 )CH2 O-或-CH2 CH2 CH2 O-),更佳為氧乙烯基。 作為銨鹽化合物的陰離子,例如可列舉鹵素原子、磺酸鹽、硼酸鹽及磷酸鹽等,其中,較佳為鹵素原子或磺酸鹽。鹵素原子較佳為氯原子、溴原子或碘原子。磺酸鹽較佳為碳數1~20的有機磺酸鹽。作為有機磺酸鹽,例如可列舉碳數1~20的烷基磺酸鹽及芳基磺酸鹽。烷基磺酸鹽的烷基亦可具有取代基,作為取代基,例如可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、烷氧基、醯基及芳香環基等。作為烷基磺酸鹽,例如可列舉:甲磺酸鹽、乙磺酸鹽、丁磺酸鹽、己磺酸鹽、辛磺酸鹽、苄基磺酸鹽、三氟甲磺酸鹽、五氟乙磺酸鹽及九氟丁磺酸鹽等。作為芳基磺酸鹽的芳基,可列舉苯環基、萘環基及蒽環基。苯環基、萘環基及蒽環基可具有的取代基較佳為碳數1~6的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、或碳數3~6的環烷基。作為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基及環烷基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、正己基及環己基等。作為其他取代基,例如可列舉:碳數1~6的烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、醯基及醯氧基等。Examples of the ammonium salt compound include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary ammonium salt compounds, and ammonium salt compounds in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom are preferred. In the ammonium salt compound, if at least one alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-20) is bonded to a nitrogen atom, in addition to the alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group (preferably a carbon number 3-20) or an aryl group (more Preferably, the carbon number is 6-12) and it can also be bonded to the nitrogen atom. The ammonium salt compound preferably has an oxyalkylene group. The number of oxyalkylene groups in the molecule is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3-9, and still more preferably 4-6. The oxyalkylene group is also preferably an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-), and more Preferably it is oxyethylene. As an anion of an ammonium salt compound, a halogen atom, a sulfonate, a borate, a phosphate, etc. are mentioned, for example, Among these, a halogen atom or a sulfonate is preferable. The halogen atom is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. The sulfonate is preferably an organic sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of organic sulfonates include alkyl sulfonates and aryl sulfonates having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of the alkyl sulfonate may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an aromatic ring group. Examples of alkyl sulfonates include methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, butanesulfonate, hexylsulfonate, octylsulfonate, benzylsulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, five Fluoroethanesulfonate and nonafluorobutanesulfonate, etc. Examples of the aryl group of the arylsulfonate include a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and an anthracene ring group. The substituent which the benzene ring group, naphthyl ring group, and anthracyclyl group may have is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of linear or branched alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl, and Cyclohexyl and so on. Examples of other substituents include alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, acyl groups, and acyloxy groups.

所謂具有苯氧基的胺化合物及具有苯氧基的銨鹽化合物,是指在胺化合物或銨鹽化合物的烷基的與氮原子為相反側的末端具有苯氧基的化合物。 作為苯氧基的取代基,例如可列舉:烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、羧酸基、羧酸酯基、磺酸酯基、芳基、芳烷基、醯氧基及芳氧基等。取代基的取代位可為2位~6位中的任一者。取代基的數量可為1~5中的任一者。The amine compound having a phenoxy group and the ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group refer to a compound having a phenoxy group at the end of the alkyl group of the amine compound or the ammonium salt compound on the opposite side to the nitrogen atom. Examples of the substituent of the phenoxy group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonate group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an Oxy and aryloxy, etc. The substitution position of the substituent may be any of the 2-position to the 6-position. The number of substituents may be any one of 1-5.

較佳為於苯氧基與氮原子之間具有至少一個氧伸烷基。氧伸烷基的數量於分子內較佳為1以上,更佳為3~9,進而佳為4~6。氧伸烷基中亦較佳為氧乙烯基(-CH2 CH2 O-)、或氧丙烯基(-CH(CH3 )CH2 O-或-CH2 CH2 CH2 O-),更佳為氧乙烯基。It is preferable to have at least one oxyalkylene group between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom. The number of oxyalkylene groups in the molecule is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3-9, and still more preferably 4-6. The oxyalkylene group is also preferably an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-), and more Preferably it is oxyethylene.

具有苯氧基的胺化合物可藉由於將具有苯氧基的一級胺或二級胺、以及鹵代烷基醚加熱並使其反應後,向反應體系中添加強鹼(例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀及四烷基銨等)的水溶液,進而利用有機溶劑(例如乙酸乙酯及氯仿等)萃取反應生成物而獲得。或者,可藉由將一級胺或二級胺與末端具有苯氧基的鹵代烷基醚加熱並使其反應後,向反應體系中添加強鹼的水溶液,進而利用有機溶劑萃取反應生成物而獲得。The amine compound having a phenoxy group can be obtained by heating and reacting a primary or secondary amine having a phenoxy group and a halogenated alkyl ether, and then adding a strong base (such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc.) to the reaction system. And an aqueous solution of tetraalkylammonium, etc.), and then extract the reaction product with an organic solvent (for example, ethyl acetate, chloroform, etc.) to obtain it. Alternatively, it can be obtained by heating and reacting a primary amine or a secondary amine and a halogenated alkyl ether having a phenoxy group at the end, adding an aqueous solution of a strong base to the reaction system, and then extracting the reaction product with an organic solvent.

(具有質子受體性官能基且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而分解並產生質子受體性降低、消失或者由質子受體性變化為酸性的化合物的化合物(PA)) 抗蝕劑組成物亦可含有:具有質子受體性官能基且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而分解並產生質子受體性降低或消失或者由質子受體性變化為酸性的化合物的化合物(以下,亦稱為化合物(PA))來作為酸擴散控制劑。(Compounds (PA) that have a proton-accepting functional group and are decomposed by the irradiation of actinic rays or radiation to produce a compound (PA) whose proton-accepting properties are reduced, disappeared, or changed from proton-accepting properties to acidic properties) The resist composition may also contain: a compound having a proton-accepting functional group that is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to produce a compound whose proton-accepting property decreases or disappears or changes from proton-accepting property to acidity (Hereinafter, it is also referred to as a compound (PA)) as an acid diffusion control agent.

所謂質子受體性官能基,是指具有可與質子發生靜電相互作用的基或電子的官能基,例如是指具有環狀聚醚等大環結構的官能基、或含有具有無助於π共軛的非共有電子對的氮原子的官能基。所謂具有無助於π共軛的非共有電子對的氮原子,例如是指具有下述通式所示的部分結構的氮原子。The so-called proton-accepting functional group refers to a functional group having a group or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons. For example, it refers to a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a functional group containing A functional group that conjugates the nitrogen atom of a non-shared electron pair. The nitrogen atom having a non-shared electron pair that does not contribute to π-conjugation means, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following general formula.

[化55]

Figure 02_image110
[化55]
Figure 02_image110

作為質子受體性官能基的較佳的部分結構,例如可列舉:冠醚結構、氮雜冠醚結構、一級胺結構~三級胺結構、吡啶結構、咪唑結構及吡嗪結構等。Examples of preferable partial structures of the proton-accepting functional group include a crown ether structure, an aza crown ether structure, a primary amine structure to a tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.

化合物(PA)藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而分解並產生質子受體性降低或消失或者由質子受體性變化為酸性的化合物。此處,所謂質子受體性的降低或消失或者由質子受體性變化為酸性,是指因於質子受體性官能基上加成質子而引起的質子受體性的變化。具體而言,是指於由具有質子受體性官能基的化合物(PA)與質子生成質子加成物時,其化學平衡中的平衡常數減少。The compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to produce a compound in which the proton acceptor property decreases or disappears, or the proton acceptor property changes to acidity. Here, the decrease or disappearance of proton acceptor property or the change from proton acceptor property to acidity refers to the change in proton acceptor property caused by the addition of protons to the proton acceptor functional group. Specifically, it means that when a proton adduct is generated from a compound (PA) having a proton-accepting functional group (PA) and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium decreases.

作為化合物(PA),例如可引用日本專利特開2014-41328號公報的段落[0421]~[0428]、日本專利特開2014-134686號公報的段落[0108]~[0116]中記載的化合物,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。As the compound (PA), for example, the compounds described in paragraphs [0421] to [0428] of JP 2014-41328 and paragraphs [0108] to [0116] of JP 2014-134686 can be cited. , Incorporate these contents into this manual.

具有氮原子且具有因酸的作用而脫離的基的低分子化合物亦可作為酸擴散控制劑使用。所述低分子化合物較佳為於氮原子上具有因酸的作用而脫離的基的胺衍生物。 因酸的作用而脫離的基較佳為縮醛基、碳酸酯基、胺甲酸酯基、三級酯基、三級羥基或半胺縮醛醚基,更佳為胺甲酸酯基或半胺縮醛醚基。 低分子化合物的分子量較佳為100~1000,更佳為100~700,進而佳為100~500。 低分子化合物亦可於氮原子上具有含有保護基的胺甲酸酯基。A low-molecular compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group detached by the action of an acid can also be used as an acid diffusion control agent. The low-molecular compound is preferably an amine derivative having a group detached by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom. The group to be removed by the action of an acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a urethane group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group or a semiamine acetal ether group, more preferably a urethane group or Semiamine acetal ether group. The molecular weight of the low-molecular compound is preferably 100-1000, more preferably 100-700, and still more preferably 100-500. The low-molecular compound may also have a urethane group containing a protective group on the nitrogen atom.

酸擴散控制劑的具體例如下所述,但本發明並不限定於此。The specific example of the acid diffusion control agent is as follows, but the present invention is not limited to this.

[化56]

Figure 02_image112
[化56]
Figure 02_image112

[化57]

Figure 02_image114
[化57]
Figure 02_image114

[化58]

Figure 02_image116
[化58]
Figure 02_image116

[化59]

Figure 02_image118
[化59]
Figure 02_image118

於抗蝕劑組成物含有酸擴散控制劑的情況下,相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,酸擴散控制劑的含量較佳為0.001質量%~15質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~8質量%。 酸擴散控制劑可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。 另外,於抗蝕劑組成物含有通式(PB)所表示的化合物作為光酸產生劑的情況下,通式(PB)所表示的化合物中含有具有相當於酸擴散控制劑的功能的結構,因此亦較佳為抗蝕劑組成物實質上不含酸擴散控制劑。此處,所謂實質上不含酸擴散控制劑,是指相對於通式(PB)所表示的化合物的含量,酸擴散控制劑的含量為5質量%以下。When the resist composition contains an acid diffusion control agent, the content of the acid diffusion control agent is preferably 0.001% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resist composition ~8% by mass. One kind of acid diffusion control agent may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. In addition, when the resist composition contains a compound represented by general formula (PB) as a photoacid generator, the compound represented by general formula (PB) contains a structure having a function equivalent to an acid diffusion control agent, Therefore, it is also preferable that the resist composition does not substantially contain an acid diffusion control agent. Here, the term "substantially not containing the acid diffusion control agent" means that the content of the acid diffusion control agent is 5% by mass or less with respect to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (PB).

光酸產生劑與酸擴散控制劑在抗蝕劑組成物中的使用比例較佳為光酸產生劑/酸擴散控制劑(莫耳比)=2.5~300。就感度及解析度的方面而言,莫耳比較佳為2.5以上,就抑制至曝光後加熱處理為止的經時的抗蝕劑圖案的變粗所引起的解析度的降低的方面而言,莫耳比較佳為300以下。光酸產生劑/酸擴散控制劑(莫耳比)更佳為5.0~200,進而佳為7.0~150。The use ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the resist composition is preferably the photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio)=2.5-300. In terms of sensitivity and resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more. In terms of suppressing the decrease in resolution due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until the heat treatment after exposure, it is not The ear ratio is preferably 300 or less. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (mole ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150.

作為酸擴散控制劑,例如亦可列舉日本專利特開2013-11833號公報的段落[0140]~[0144]中記載的化合物(胺化合物、含醯胺基的化合物、脲化合物及含氮雜環化合物等)。As the acid diffusion control agent, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs [0140] to [0144] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-11833 (amine compounds, amide group-containing compounds, urea compounds, and nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings) Compounds, etc.).

<(E)疏水性樹脂> 抗蝕劑組成物除了所述樹脂(A)以外,亦可含有與樹脂(A)不同的疏水性樹脂。 疏水性樹脂較佳為設計成偏向存在於抗蝕劑膜的表面,但與界面活性劑不同,分子內未必需要具有親水基,亦可無助於均勻地混合極性物質及非極性物質。 作為添加疏水性樹脂的效果,可列舉控制抗蝕劑膜表面相對於水的靜態及動態的接觸角、以及抑制氣體逸出等。<(E) Hydrophobic resin> The resist composition may contain a hydrophobic resin different from the resin (A) in addition to the resin (A). The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be biased to exist on the surface of the resist film, but unlike surfactants, it is not necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and it may not help uniformly mix polar and non-polar substances. As an effect of adding a hydrophobic resin, control of the static and dynamic contact angle of the surface of the resist film with respect to water, suppression of gas escape, and the like can be cited.

就向膜表層的偏向存在化的方面而言,疏水性樹脂較佳為具有「氟原子」、「矽原子」及「樹脂的側鏈部分所包含的CH3 部分結構」中的任一種以上,更佳為具有兩種以上。另外,所述疏水性樹脂較佳為具有碳數5以上的烴基。該些基可存在於樹脂的主鏈中,亦可於側鏈進行取代。In terms of the existence of bias toward the film surface layer, the hydrophobic resin preferably has any one or more of "fluorine atom", "silicon atom", and "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain part of the resin", More preferably, there are two or more types. In addition, the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group with 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may exist in the main chain of the resin, or may be substituted in the side chain.

於疏水性樹脂含有氟原子及/或矽原子的情況下,疏水性樹脂中的所述氟原子及/或矽原子可包含於樹脂的主鏈中,亦可包含於側鏈中。When the hydrophobic resin contains fluorine atoms and/or silicon atoms, the fluorine atoms and/or silicon atoms in the hydrophobic resin may be included in the main chain of the resin, or may be included in the side chain.

於疏水性樹脂含有氟原子的情況下,具有氟原子的部分結構較佳為具有氟原子的烷基、具有氟原子的環烷基、或者具有氟原子的芳基。 具有氟原子的烷基(較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~4)為至少一個氫原子經氟原子取代的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基,亦可進而具有氟原子以外的取代基。 具有氟原子的環烷基為至少一個氫原子經氟原子取代的單環或多環的環烷基,亦可進而具有氟原子以外的取代基。 作為具有氟原子的芳基,例如可列舉苯基及萘基等芳基的至少一個氫原子經氟原子取代的基,亦可進而具有氟原子以外的取代基。 作為具有氟原子或矽原子的重複單元,例如可列舉US2012/0251948A1的段落[0519]中所例示的重複單元。When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom, the partial structure having a fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom. The alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably with 1 to 10 carbons, more preferably with 1 to 4 carbons) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have Substituents other than fluorine atoms. The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include a group in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and it may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. As the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom, for example, the repeating unit exemplified in paragraph [0519] of US2012/0251948A1 can be cited.

另外,如上所述,疏水性樹脂亦較佳為在側鏈部分含有CH3 部分結構。 此處,疏水性樹脂中的側鏈部分所具有的CH3 部分結構包括乙基及丙基等所具有的CH3 部分結構。 另一方面,與疏水性樹脂的主鏈直接鍵結的甲基(例如,具有甲基丙烯酸結構的重複單元的α-甲基)由於主鏈的影響,對疏水性樹脂的表面偏向存在化的貢獻小,因此不包含在本發明的CH3 部分結構中。In addition, as described above, it is also preferable that the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. Here, the side chain portion of the hydrophobic resin has a partial structure comprising a CH 3 3 ethyl and propyl partial structure possessed CH. On the other hand, the methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin (for example, the α-methyl group of the repeating unit having a methacrylic acid structure) is biased toward the surface of the hydrophobic resin due to the influence of the main chain. The contribution is small, so it is not included in the CH 3 partial structure of the present invention.

關於疏水性樹脂,可參照日本專利特開2014-010245號公報的段落[0348]~[0415]的記載,將該些內容併入至本案說明書中。Regarding the hydrophobic resin, reference can be made to the description of paragraphs [0348] to [0415] of JP 2014-010245 A, and these contents are incorporated into the specification of the present application.

再者,疏水性樹脂除此以外亦可較佳地使用日本專利特開2011-248019號公報、日本專利特開2010-175859號公報、日本專利特開2012-032544號公報記載的樹脂。In addition, as the hydrophobic resin, the resins described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-248019, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-175859, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-032544 may also be preferably used.

於抗蝕劑組成物含有疏水性樹脂的情況下,相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,疏水性樹脂的含量較佳為0.01質量%~20質量%,更佳為0.1質量%~15質量%。When the resist composition contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15%, relative to the total solid content of the resist composition. quality%.

<(F)界面活性劑> 抗蝕劑組成物亦可含有界面活性劑。若含有界面活性劑,則可形成密接性更優異、顯影缺陷更少的圖案。 界面活性劑較佳為氟系及/或矽系界面活性劑。 作為氟系及/或矽系界面活性劑,例如可列舉美國專利申請公開第2008/0248425號說明書的段落[0276]中記載的界面活性劑。另外,亦可使用艾福拓(Eftop)EF301或EF303(新秋田化成(股)製造);弗洛德(Fluorad)FC430、431及4430(住友3M(股)製造);美佳法(Megafac)F171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120及R08(DIC(股)製造);沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、SC101、102、103、104、105或106(旭硝子(股)製造);托利所(Troysol)S-366(特洛伊化學(Troy Chemical)(股)製造);GF-300或GF-150(東亞合成化學(股)製造)、沙福隆(Surflon)S-393(清水化學(Seimi Chemical)(股)製造);艾福拓(Eftop)EF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802或EF601(傑姆柯(Jemco)(股)製造);PF636、PF656、PF6320及PF6520(歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造);KH-20(旭化成(股)製造);FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D及222D(奈奧斯(NEOS)(股)製造)。再者,聚矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(信越化學工業(股)製造)亦可作為矽系界面活性劑使用。<(F) Surfactant> The resist composition may also contain a surfactant. If a surfactant is contained, a pattern with more excellent adhesiveness and fewer development defects can be formed. The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph [0276] of the specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. In addition, Eftop EF301 or EF303 (manufactured by New Akita Chemical Co., Ltd.); Fluorad FC430, 431 and 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.) can also be used; Megafac F171 , F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120 and R08 (manufactured by DIC (Stock)); Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105 or 106 (Asahi Glass (Stock) Manufacturing); Troysol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical (stock)); GF-300 or GF-150 (manufactured by Dongya Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.), saflon (Surflon) S- 393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical (shares)); Eftop EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351, EF352, EF801, EF802 or EF601 (Jemco) (shares) ) Manufacturing); PF636, PF656, PF6320, and PF6520 (manufactured by Onofa (OMNOVA)); KH-20 (manufactured by Asahi Kasei (Stock)); FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204D, 208D, 212D, 218D And 222D (manufactured by NEOS (stock)). Furthermore, polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon-based surfactant.

另外,界面活性劑除了所述所示的公知的界面活性劑以外,亦可使用藉由短鏈聚合(telomerization)法(亦稱為調聚物法)或低聚合(oligomerization)法(亦稱為寡聚物法)製造的氟代脂肪族化合物來合成。具體而言,亦可將具備由該氟代脂肪族化合物導出的氟代脂肪族基的聚合物用作界面活性劑。該氟代脂肪族化合物例如可藉由日本專利特開2002-90991號公報中記載的方法合成。 另外,亦可使用美國專利申請公開第2008/0248425號說明書的段落[0280]中記載的氟系及/或矽系以外的界面活性劑。In addition, the surfactant can also be used by short-chain polymerization (telomerization) method (also known as telomerization method) or oligomerization method (also known as oligomerization) in addition to the well-known surfactants shown above. Oligomer method) to produce fluorinated aliphatic compounds. Specifically, a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from the fluoroaliphatic compound can also be used as a surfactant. The fluorinated aliphatic compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-90991. In addition, the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph [0280] of the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.

該些界面活性劑可單獨使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。These surfactants may be used singly, or two or more of them may be used.

於抗蝕劑組成物含有界面活性劑的情況下,相對於組成物的總固體成分,界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.0001質量%~2質量%,更佳為0.0005質量%~1質量%。When the resist composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.0005% by mass to 1% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition.

<(G)其他添加劑> 抗蝕劑組成物亦可進而含有溶解抑制化合物、染料、塑化劑、光增感劑、光吸收劑及/或促進在顯影液中的溶解性的化合物(例如分子量1000以下的酚化合物、或含有羧酸基的脂環族或脂肪族化合物)。<(G) Other additives> The resist composition may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound with a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or Alicyclic or aliphatic compounds containing carboxylic acid groups).

抗蝕劑組成物亦可進而含有溶解抑制化合物。此處,所謂「溶解抑制化合物」是指因酸的作用而分解且在有機系顯影液中的溶解度減少的分子量為3000以下的化合物。The resist composition may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound. Here, the "dissolution inhibiting compound" refers to a compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less that is decomposed by the action of an acid and has a reduced solubility in an organic developer.

[圖案形成方法] 使用所述抗蝕劑組成物的圖案形成方法的順序並無特別限制,但較佳為具有以下步驟。 步驟1:使用抗蝕劑組成物於基板上形成抗蝕劑膜的步驟 步驟2:對抗蝕劑膜(較佳為利用EUV光)進行曝光的步驟 步驟3:使用顯影液將曝光後的抗蝕劑膜顯影而形成圖案的步驟 以下,對所述各步驟的順序進行詳述。[Pattern Formation Method] The order of the pattern formation method using the resist composition is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to have the following steps. Step 1: Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition Step 2: The step of exposing the resist film (preferably using EUV light) Step 3: Use a developer to develop the exposed resist film to form a pattern Hereinafter, the order of each step is described in detail.

<步驟1:抗蝕劑膜形成步驟> 步驟1是使用抗蝕劑組成物於基板上形成抗蝕劑膜的步驟。 抗蝕劑組成物的定義如上所述。<Step 1: Resist film formation step> Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the resist composition. The definition of the resist composition is as described above.

作為使用抗蝕劑組成物於基板上形成抗蝕劑膜的方法,例如可列舉於基板上塗佈抗蝕劑組成物的方法。 再者,較佳為於塗佈前視需要對抗蝕劑組成物進行過濾器過濾。過濾器的細孔徑較佳為0.1 μm以下,更佳為0.05 μm以下,進而佳為0.03 μm以下。另外,過濾器較佳為聚四氟乙烯製、聚乙烯製或尼龍製。As a method of forming a resist film on a substrate using the resist composition, for example, a method of applying the resist composition on the substrate can be cited. Furthermore, it is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.03 μm or less. In addition, the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.

抗蝕劑組成物可藉由旋轉器或塗佈機等適當的塗佈方法塗佈於積體電路零件的製造中所使用的基板(例:矽、二氧化矽被覆)上。塗佈方法較佳為使用旋轉器的旋轉塗佈。使用旋轉器進行旋轉塗佈時的轉速較佳為1000 rpm~3000 rpm。 亦可於抗蝕劑組成物的塗佈後,對基板進行乾燥而形成抗蝕劑膜。再者,亦可視需要於抗蝕劑膜的下層形成各種基底膜(無機膜、有機膜、防反射膜)。The resist composition can be coated on a substrate (for example, silicon, silicon dioxide coating) used in the manufacture of integrated circuit parts by an appropriate coating method such as a spinner or a coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed when the spinner is used for spin coating is preferably 1000 rpm to 3000 rpm. After coating the resist composition, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Furthermore, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, anti-reflection film) may be formed on the lower layer of the resist film as needed.

作為乾燥方法,例如可列舉進行加熱而乾燥的方法。加熱可藉由通常的曝光機及/或顯影機所具備的機構實施,亦可使用加熱板等實施。加熱溫度較佳為80℃~150℃,更佳為80℃~140℃,進而佳為80℃~130℃。加熱時間較佳為30秒~1000秒,更佳為60秒~800秒,進而佳為60秒~600秒。As a drying method, the method of heating and drying is mentioned, for example. Heating can be performed by a mechanism provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, or a hot plate or the like can be used. The heating temperature is preferably 80°C to 150°C, more preferably 80°C to 140°C, and still more preferably 80°C to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 seconds to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 seconds to 800 seconds, and still more preferably 60 seconds to 600 seconds.

抗蝕劑膜的膜厚並無特別限制,就可形成更高精度的微細圖案的方面而言,較佳為10 nm~65 nm,更佳為15 nm~50 nm。The thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited. In terms of forming a finer pattern with higher accuracy, it is preferably 10 nm to 65 nm, and more preferably 15 nm to 50 nm.

再者,亦可於抗蝕劑膜的上層使用頂塗層組成物而形成頂塗層。 頂塗層組成物較佳為與抗蝕劑膜不混合,進而可均勻地塗佈於抗蝕劑膜上層。 另外,較佳為於頂塗層形成前對抗蝕劑膜進行乾燥。繼而,於所得的抗蝕劑膜上,藉由與所述抗蝕劑膜的形成方法同樣的方法塗佈頂塗層組成物,進而進行乾燥,可形成頂塗層。 頂塗層的膜厚較佳為10 nm~200 nm,更佳為20 nm~100 nm,進而佳為40 nm~80 nm。 關於頂塗層,並無特別限定,可藉由現有公知的方法形成現有公知的頂塗層,例如可基於日本專利特開2014-059543號公報的段落[0072]~[0082]的記載而形成頂塗層。 例如,較佳為於抗蝕劑膜上形成含有如日本專利特開2013-61648號公報中記載的鹼性化合物的頂塗層。頂塗層可含有的鹼性化合物的具體例可列舉後述的抗蝕劑組成物可含有的鹼性化合物。 另外,頂塗層較佳為含有具有至少一個選自由醚鍵、硫醚鍵、羥基、硫醇基、羰基鍵及酯鍵所組成的群組中的基或鍵的化合物。Furthermore, a top coat composition may be used on the upper layer of the resist film to form a top coat. The top coat composition is preferably not mixed with the resist film, and can be evenly coated on the upper layer of the resist film. In addition, it is preferable to dry the resist film before forming the top coat layer. Then, on the obtained resist film, the top coat composition is applied by the same method as the formation method of the above-mentioned resist film, and then dried to form the top coat. The film thickness of the top coating layer is preferably 10 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 20 nm to 100 nm, and still more preferably 40 nm to 80 nm. The top coat layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat layer can be formed by a conventionally known method. For example, it can be formed based on the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-059543 Top coat. For example, it is preferable to form a top coat layer containing a basic compound as described in JP 2013-61648 A on the resist film. Specific examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the top coat layer include basic compounds that can be contained in the resist composition described later. In addition, the top coating layer preferably contains a compound having at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.

<步驟2:曝光步驟> 步驟2是對抗蝕劑膜(較佳為利用EUV光)進行曝光的步驟。 作為曝光的方法,例如可列舉經由規定的遮罩對所形成的抗蝕劑膜照射EUV光的方法。<Step 2: Exposure Step> Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film (preferably using EUV light). As a method of exposure, for example, a method of irradiating the formed resist film with EUV light through a predetermined mask.

較佳為於曝光後、進行顯影前進行烘烤(加熱)。藉由烘烤促進曝光部的反應,感度及圖案形狀變得更良好。 加熱溫度較佳為80℃~150℃,更佳為80℃~140℃,進而佳為80℃~130℃。 加熱時間較佳為10秒~1000秒,更佳為10秒~180秒,進而佳為30秒~120秒。 加熱可藉由通常的曝光機及/或顯影機所具備的機構實施,亦可使用加熱板等進行。 所述步驟亦稱為曝光後烘烤。Preferably, baking (heating) is performed after exposure and before development. By baking to promote the reaction of the exposed part, the sensitivity and pattern shape become better. The heating temperature is preferably 80°C to 150°C, more preferably 80°C to 140°C, and still more preferably 80°C to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 10 seconds to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 seconds to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds. Heating can be performed by a mechanism provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, or a hot plate or the like can be used. This step is also called post-exposure baking.

<步驟3:顯影步驟> 步驟3是使用顯影液將曝光後的抗蝕劑膜顯影而形成圖案的步驟。 顯影液可為鹼性顯影液,亦可為含有有機溶劑的顯影液(以下,亦稱為有機系顯影液)。<Step 3: Development Step> Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution to form a pattern. The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developer).

作為顯影方法,例如可列舉:使基板於充滿顯影液的槽中浸漬固定時間的方法(浸漬法);利用表面張力使顯影液堆積至基板表面並靜止固定時間來進行顯影的方法(覆液(puddle)法);對基板表面噴射顯影液的方法(噴霧法);以及一邊以固定速度掃描顯影液噴出噴嘴,一邊朝以固定速度旋轉的基板上連續噴出顯影液的方法(動態分配法)。 另外,亦可在進行顯影的步驟之後,實施一邊置換為其他溶劑一邊停止顯影的步驟。 顯影時間若為未曝光部的樹脂充分溶解的時間,則並無特別限制,較佳為10秒~300秒,更佳為20秒~120秒。 顯影液的溫度較佳為0℃~50℃,更佳為15℃~35℃。Examples of the development method include: a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a developer solution for a fixed period of time (dipping method); a method of depositing the developer solution on the surface of the substrate using surface tension and resting for a fixed period of time to perform development (coating liquid ( Puddle method); a method of spraying developer on the surface of the substrate (spray method); and a method of continuously spraying developer on a substrate rotating at a fixed speed while scanning the developer spray nozzle at a fixed speed (dynamic distribution method). In addition, after the step of performing the development, a step of stopping the development while being replaced with another solvent may be performed. The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed part is fully dissolved, and it is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and more preferably 20 seconds to 120 seconds. The temperature of the developer is preferably 0°C to 50°C, more preferably 15°C to 35°C.

鹼性顯影液較佳為使用包含鹼的鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液的種類並無特別限制,例如可列舉包含以氫氧化四甲基銨為代表的四級銨鹽、無機鹼、一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、醇胺或環狀胺等的鹼性水溶液。其中,鹼性顯影液較佳為以氫氧化四甲基銨(Tetramethyl Ammonium Hydroxide,TMAH)為代表的四級銨鹽的水溶液。鹼性顯影液中亦可添加適量的醇類、界面活性劑等。鹼性顯影液的鹼濃度通常為0.1質量%~20質量%。另外,鹼性顯影液的pH通常為10.0~15.0。As the alkaline developer, it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali. The type of alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, and examples include quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. The alkaline aqueous solution. Among them, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt represented by Tetramethyl Ammonium Hydroxide (TMAH). An appropriate amount of alcohols, surfactants, etc. can also be added to the alkaline developer. The alkali concentration of the alkaline developer is usually 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass. In addition, the pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10.0 to 15.0.

有機系顯影液較佳為含有選自由酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑及烴系溶劑所組成的群組中的至少一種有機溶劑的顯影液。The organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.

作為酮系溶劑,例如可列舉:1-辛酮、2-辛酮、1-壬酮、2-壬酮、丙酮、2-庚酮(甲基戊基酮)、4-庚酮、1-己酮、2-己酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮、苯基丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙醯丙酮、丙酮基丙酮、紫羅酮、二丙酮醇、乙醯基原醇、苯乙酮、甲基萘基酮、異佛爾酮及碳酸伸丙酯等。Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methylpentyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1- Hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetone, acetonyl acetone, purple Protonone, diacetone alcohol, acetoxynol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, isophorone and propylene carbonate, etc.

作為酯系溶劑,例如可列舉:乙酸甲酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸戊酯(acetic acid pentyl)、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸戊酯(acetic acid amyl)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙基-3-乙氧基丙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、2-羥基異丁酸甲酯、乙酸異戊酯、異丁酸異丁酯及丙酸丁酯等。Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, acetic acid pentyl, isoamyl acetate, acetic acid amyl, and propylene glycol. Monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3 -Methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, Propyl lactate, butyl butyrate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate and butyl propionate, etc.

作為醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑及烴系溶劑,例如可使用美國專利申請公開2016/0070167A1號說明書的段落[0715]~[0718]中揭示的溶劑。As alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents, for example, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0715] to [0718] of the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 can be used.

所述溶劑可混合多種,亦可與所述以外的溶劑或水混合。作為顯影液整體的含水率較佳為未滿50質量%,更佳為未滿20質量%,進而佳為未滿10質量%,尤佳為實質上不含有水分。 相對於顯影液的總量,有機溶劑相對於有機系顯影液的含量較佳為50質量%以上且100質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以上且100質量%以下,進而佳為90質量%以上且100質量%以下,尤佳為95質量%以上且100質量%以下。A plurality of the solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with solvents or water other than the above. The moisture content of the entire developer is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, still more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably contains substantially no water. Relative to the total amount of the developer, the content of the organic solvent relative to the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass Above and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.

<其他步驟> 所述圖案形成方法較佳為於步驟3之後包括使用淋洗液進行清洗的步驟。<Other steps> The pattern forming method preferably includes a step of cleaning with an eluent after step 3.

作為於使用鹼性顯影液進行顯影的步驟後的淋洗步驟中使用的淋洗液,例如可列舉純水。再者,亦可於純水中添加適量的界面活性劑。 亦可於淋洗液中添加適量的界面活性劑。As the rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step after the step of performing development using an alkaline developer, for example, pure water can be cited. Furthermore, an appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to pure water. It is also possible to add an appropriate amount of surfactant to the eluent.

使用有機系顯影液的顯影步驟後的淋洗步驟中使用的淋洗液只要不溶解抗蝕劑圖案即可,並無特別限制,可使用含有一般的有機溶劑的溶液。淋洗液較佳為使用含有選自由烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及醚系溶劑所組成的群組中的至少一種有機溶劑的淋洗液。 作為烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及醚系溶劑的例子,可列舉與含有有機溶劑的顯影液中說明者為相同者。The rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the resist pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. The eluent is preferably an eluent containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, ester-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, and ether-based solvents. Examples of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents include the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.

淋洗步驟的方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉:朝以固定速度旋轉的基板上連續噴出淋洗液的方法(旋轉塗佈法)、使基板於充滿淋洗液的槽中浸漬固定時間的方法(浸漬法)、以及對基板表面噴射淋洗液的方法(噴霧法)等。 另外,本發明的圖案形成方法亦可於淋洗步驟後包括加熱步驟(Post Bake)。藉由該步驟,利用烘烤去除殘留於圖案間及圖案內部的顯影液及淋洗液。另外,藉由該步驟,亦具有形成抗蝕劑圖案且改善圖案的表面粗糙度的效果。淋洗步驟後的加熱步驟通常在40℃~250℃(較佳為90℃~200℃)下進行通常10秒~3分鐘(較佳為30秒~120秒)。The method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously spraying a rinsing liquid on a substrate rotating at a fixed speed (spin coating method), and a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a fixed period of time Method (dipping method), and method of spraying eluent on the surface of the substrate (spray method), etc. In addition, the pattern forming method of the present invention may also include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. Through this step, baking is used to remove the developer and rinsing liquid remaining between and inside the patterns. In addition, this step also has the effect of forming a resist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40°C to 250°C (preferably 90°C to 200°C), usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).

另外,亦可將所形成的圖案作為遮罩,實施基板的蝕刻處理。即,亦可將步驟3中形成的圖案作為遮罩,加工基板(或下層膜及基板)而於基板上形成圖案。 基板(或下層膜及基板)的加工方法並無特別限定,較佳為藉由將步驟3中形成的圖案作為遮罩對基板(或下層膜及基板)進行乾式蝕刻而於基板上形成圖案的方法。 乾式蝕刻可為一段蝕刻,亦可為包含多段的蝕刻。於蝕刻為包含多段的蝕刻的情況下,各段的蝕刻可為相同的處理,亦可為不同的處理。 蝕刻可使用任一種公知的方法,各種條件等根據基板的種類或用途等適宜決定。例如,可依據「國際光學工程學會會議記錄(Proceeding of Society of Photo-optical Instrumentation Engineers,Proc.of SPIE)」Vol. 6924, 692420(2008)、日本專利特開2009-267112號公報等來實施蝕刻。另外,亦可依據「半導體製程教本 第4版 2007年刊行 發行人:SEMI日本」的「第4章 蝕刻」中記載的方法。 其中,乾式蝕刻較佳為氧電漿蝕刻。In addition, the formed pattern may be used as a mask to perform the etching treatment of the substrate. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask, and the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) may be processed to form a pattern on the substrate. The processing method of the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to dry-etch the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) by using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to form a pattern on the substrate. method. Dry etching may be one-stage etching, or may include multiple-stage etching. When the etching includes multiple stages of etching, the etching of each stage may be the same treatment or different treatments. Any known method can be used for etching, and various conditions and the like are appropriately determined according to the type of substrate, use, and the like. For example, the etching can be performed based on "Proceeding of Society of Photo-optical Instrumentation Engineers (Proc. of SPIE)" Vol. 6924, 692420 (2008), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-267112, etc. . In addition, the method described in "Chapter 4 Etching" of "Semiconductor Process Textbook 4th Edition 2007 Issued by: SEMI Japan" can also be used. Among them, the dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.

抗蝕劑組成物及本發明的圖案形成方法中使用的各種材料(例如溶劑、顯影液、淋洗液、防反射膜形成用組成物、頂塗層形成用組成物等)較佳為不含金屬等雜質。該些材料中所含的雜質的含量較佳為1質量ppm以下,更佳為10質量ppb以下,進而佳為100質量ppt以下,尤佳為10質量ppt以下,最佳為1質量ppt以下。此處,作為金屬雜質,例如可列舉:Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W及Zn等。The resist composition and the various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, solvent, developer, rinsing solution, composition for forming anti-reflection film, composition for forming top coat, etc.) are preferably free of Impurities such as metals. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb or less, further preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. Here, as metal impurities, for example, Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V , W and Zn, etc.

作為自各種材料中去除金屬等雜質的方法,例如可列舉使用過濾器的過濾。過濾器孔徑較佳為細孔徑未滿100 nm,更佳為10 nm以下,進而佳為5 nm以下。過濾器較佳為聚四氟乙烯製、聚乙烯製或尼龍製過濾器。過濾器亦可由組合了所述過濾器素材與離子交換介質的複合材料構成。過濾器亦可使用預先利用有機溶劑清洗的過濾器。過濾器過濾步驟中,亦可串聯或並聯連接多種過濾器來使用。於使用多種過濾器的情況下,可組合使用孔徑及/或材質不同的過濾器。另外,亦可對各種材料進行多次過濾,多次過濾的步驟可為循環過濾步驟。 於抗蝕劑組成物的製造中,例如較佳為於使樹脂及光酸產生劑等各成分溶解於溶劑中之後,使用素材不同的多個過濾器進行循環過濾。例如,較佳為將孔徑50 nm的聚乙烯製過濾器、孔徑10 nm的尼龍製過濾器、孔徑3 nm的聚乙烯製過濾器排列連接,進行10次以上的循環過濾。過濾器之間的壓力差越小越佳,通常為0.1 MPa以下,較佳為0.05 MPa以下,更佳為0.01 MPa以下。過濾器與填充噴嘴之間的壓力差亦越小越佳,通常為0.5 MPa以下,較佳為0.2 MPa以下,更佳為0.1 MPa以下。 抗蝕劑組成物的製造裝置的內部較佳為藉由氮氣等惰性氣體進行氣體置換。藉此,可抑制氧等活性氣體溶解於抗蝕劑組成物中。 將抗蝕劑組成物藉由過濾器過濾後填充到潔淨的容器中。填充到容器中的抗蝕劑組成物較佳為冷藏保存。藉此,可抑制經時引起的性能劣化。從組成物向容器中的填充完成到開始冷藏保存的時間越短越佳,通常為24小時以內,較佳為16小時以內,更佳為12小時以內,進而佳為10小時以內。保存溫度較佳為0℃~15℃,更佳為0℃~10℃,進而佳為0℃~5℃。As a method of removing impurities such as metals from various materials, for example, filtration using a filter can be cited. The filter pore size is preferably less than 100 nm, more preferably 10 nm or less, and still more preferably 5 nm or less. The filter is preferably a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. The filter may also be composed of a composite material combining the filter material and the ion exchange medium. The filter can also be a filter that has been cleaned with an organic solvent in advance. In the filter filtration step, multiple filters can also be connected in series or parallel for use. When multiple filters are used, filters with different pore sizes and/or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can also be filtered multiple times, and the step of multiple filtering can be a cyclic filtering step. In the manufacture of a resist composition, it is preferable to perform cyclic filtration using a plurality of filters with different materials after dissolving each component such as a resin and a photoacid generator in a solvent, for example. For example, it is preferable to arrange and connect a polyethylene filter with a pore diameter of 50 nm, a nylon filter with a pore diameter of 10 nm, and a polyethylene filter with a pore diameter of 3 nm, and to perform the filtration cycle 10 times or more. The pressure difference between the filters is as small as possible, usually 0.1 MPa or less, preferably 0.05 MPa or less, and more preferably 0.01 MPa or less. The pressure difference between the filter and the filling nozzle is also as small as possible, usually 0.5 MPa or less, preferably 0.2 MPa or less, and more preferably 0.1 MPa or less. The inside of the manufacturing apparatus of the resist composition is preferably replaced with an inert gas such as nitrogen. This can prevent active gases such as oxygen from being dissolved in the resist composition. The resist composition is filtered through a filter and then filled into a clean container. The resist composition filled in the container is preferably stored under refrigeration. Thereby, performance degradation caused by time can be suppressed. The shorter the time from the completion of the filling of the composition into the container to the start of refrigerated storage, the better, and it is usually within 24 hours, preferably within 16 hours, more preferably within 12 hours, and more preferably within 10 hours. The storage temperature is preferably 0°C to 15°C, more preferably 0°C to 10°C, and still more preferably 0°C to 5°C.

另外,作為減少各種材料中所含的金屬等雜質的方法,例如可列舉以下方法等:選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成各種材料的原料的方法、對構成各種材料的原料進行過濾器過濾的方法、以及利用鐵氟龍(Teflon)(註冊商標)對裝置內進行加襯等且在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾的方法。In addition, as a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials, for example, the following methods can be cited: a method of selecting a raw material with a small metal content as a raw material constituting various materials, a method of filtering a raw material constituting various materials with a filter , And the method of using Teflon (registered trademark) to lining the device, etc., and distilling under the condition of suppressing pollution as much as possible.

除了過濾器過濾之外,亦可利用吸附材進行雜質的去除,亦可將過濾器過濾與吸附材組合使用。作為吸附材,可使用公知的吸附材,例如可使用矽膠及沸石等無機系吸附材、以及活性碳等有機系吸附材。為了減少所述各種材料中所含的金屬等雜質,必須防止製造步驟中的金屬雜質的混入。可測定用於清洗製造裝置的清洗液中所含的金屬成分的含量來確認是否自製造裝置中充分地去除了金屬雜質。使用後的清洗液中所含的金屬成分的含量較佳為100質量ppt(兆分之一(parts per trillion))以下,更佳為10質量ppt以下,進而佳為1質量ppt以下。In addition to filter filtration, adsorption materials can also be used to remove impurities, and filter filtration and adsorption materials can also be used in combination. As the adsorbent, a well-known adsorbent can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, it is necessary to prevent the mixing of metal impurities in the manufacturing process. It is possible to measure the content of the metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the manufacturing equipment to confirm whether the metal impurities are sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment. The content of the metal component contained in the cleaning solution after use is preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and still more preferably 1 mass ppt or less.

為了防止伴隨著靜電的帶電、接下來產生的靜電放電引起的藥液配管及各種部件(過濾器、O型環、管等)的故障,亦可於淋洗液等有機系處理液中添加導電性的化合物。導電性的化合物並無特別限制,例如可列舉甲醇。添加量並無特別限制,就維持較佳的顯影特性或淋洗特性的方面而言,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以下。 作為藥液配管,例如可使用經SUS(不鏽鋼)、或實施了防靜電處理的聚乙烯、聚丙烯或氟樹脂(聚四氟乙烯或全氟烷氧基樹脂等)被膜的各種配管。關於過濾器及O型環,亦同樣地可使用實施了防靜電處理的聚乙烯、聚丙烯或氟樹脂(聚四氟乙烯或全氟烷氧基樹脂等)。In order to prevent malfunctions of the chemical liquid piping and various components (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) caused by static electricity and subsequent electrostatic discharge, it is also possible to add conductivity to organic treatment liquids such as eluents Sexual compounds. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol can be mentioned. The addition amount is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less in terms of maintaining better development characteristics or rinsing characteristics. As the chemical solution piping, for example, various piping coated with SUS (stainless steel) or antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used. Regarding the filter and O-ring, polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) that has been subjected to antistatic treatment can also be used in the same way.

對於藉由本發明的方法而形成的圖案,可應用改善圖案的表面粗糙度的方法。作為改善圖案的表面粗糙度的方法,例如可列舉國際公開第2014/002808號中揭示的利用含有氫的氣體的電漿來處理圖案的方法。除此以外,亦可列舉日本專利特開2004-235468號公報、美國專利申請公開第2010/0020297號說明書、日本專利特開2008-83384號公報、以及國際光學工程學會會議記錄(Proc.of SPIE)Vol.8328 83280N-1「用於降低線寬粗糙度與增強蝕刻選擇性的極紫外線抗蝕劑硬化技術(EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement)」中記載的公知的方法。For the pattern formed by the method of the present invention, a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern can be applied. As a method of improving the surface roughness of a pattern, for example, a method of processing a pattern using plasma of a hydrogen-containing gas disclosed in International Publication No. 2014/002808 can be cited. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-235468, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-83384, and Proc. of SPIE ) Vol. 8328 83280N-1 "EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement for reducing line width roughness and enhancing etching selectivity" is a well-known method described in.

於所形成的圖案為線狀的情況下,利用圖案高度除以線寬所得的值求出的縱橫比較佳為2.5以下,更佳為2.1以下,進而佳為1.7以下。 於所形成的圖案為溝槽(槽)圖案狀或接觸孔圖案狀的情況下,利用圖案高度除以溝槽寬度或孔徑所得的值求出的縱橫比較佳為4.0以下,更佳為3.5以下,進而佳為3.0以下。When the formed pattern is linear, the aspect ratio calculated by dividing the pattern height by the line width is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.1 or less, and still more preferably 1.7 or less. When the pattern to be formed is a groove (groove) pattern or a contact hole pattern, the aspect ratio calculated by dividing the pattern height by the groove width or hole diameter is preferably 4.0 or less, more preferably 3.5 or less , And more preferably 3.0 or less.

本發明的圖案形成方法亦可用於定向自組裝(Directed Self-Assembly,DSA)中的引導圖案形成(例如,參照「ASC奈米(ACS Nano)」Vol.4 No.8 4815-4823頁)。The pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used for guiding pattern formation in Directed Self-Assembly (DSA) (for example, refer to "ASC Nano (ACS Nano)" Vol. 4 No. 8 4815-4823).

另外,藉由所述方法而形成的圖案例如可用作日本專利特開平3-270227號公報及日本專利特開2013-164509號公報中揭示的間隔物製程的芯材(core)。In addition, the pattern formed by the method described above can be used as a core of the spacer process disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-270227 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-164509, for example.

另外,本發明亦有關於一種包含所述圖案形成方法的電子元件的製造方法、以及藉由所述製造方法製造的電子元件。 本發明的電子元件可較佳地搭載於電氣電子機器(家電、辦公自動化(Office Automation,OA)、媒體相關機器、光學用機器及通信機器等)中。 [實施例]In addition, the present invention also relates to a manufacturing method of an electronic component including the pattern forming method, and an electronic component manufactured by the manufacturing method. The electronic component of the present invention can be preferably mounted in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.). [Example]

以下基於施例對本發明進行更詳細的說明。以下的實施例中所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理順序等只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則可適宜變更。因此,本發明的範圍不應由以下所示的實施例限定性地解釋。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, usage amount, ratio, processing content, processing order, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the examples shown below.

[抗蝕劑組成物(感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物)的成分] [樹脂] 以下,表示抗蝕劑組成物的製造中使用的各樹脂(A-1~A-26、A'-1~A'-6)的各自具有的重複單元。 再者,樹脂A-1~A-26、A'-1~A'-2及A'-4~A'-6是酸分解性樹脂,樹脂A'-3是酸分解性樹脂以外的樹脂。[Components of resist composition (sensitized radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition)] [Resin] Hereinafter, the repeating unit each resin (A-1 to A-26, A'-1 to A'-6) used in the manufacture of the resist composition has is shown. Furthermore, resins A-1~A-26, A'-1~A’-2 and A’-4~A’-6 are acid-decomposable resins, and resin A’-3 is resins other than acid-decomposable resins. .

[化60]

Figure 02_image120
[化60]
Figure 02_image120

[化61]

Figure 02_image122
[化61]
Figure 02_image122

[化62]

Figure 02_image124
[化62]
Figure 02_image124

下述表中示出各樹脂中的各重複單元所佔的含量、重量平均分子量(Mw)及分散度(Mw/Mn)。 再者,表中的重複的莫耳比率是從左依次記載構成上段所示的各樹脂的各重複單元所佔的含量(莫耳比)。 另外,各重複單元所佔的含量藉由13 C-核磁共振(nuclear magnetic resonance,NMR)進行測定。 重量平均分子量及分散度是基於藉由GPC(載體:四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF))測定的聚苯乙烯換算量的值。The following table shows the content of each repeating unit in each resin, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn). In addition, the repeating molar ratio in the table is the content (molar ratio) occupied by each repeating unit constituting each resin shown in the upper paragraph in order from the left. In addition, the content of each repeating unit was measured by 13 C-nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). The weight average molecular weight and the degree of dispersion are based on the polystyrene conversion value measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)).

[表1] 表1 重複的莫耳比率 Mw Mw/Mn A-1 20 30 50 - - 6500 1.52 A-2 10 10 60 20 - 8300 1.65 A-3 40 60 - - - 7800 1.55 A-4 20 20 60 - - 12000 1.68 A-5 60 10 30 - - 5500 1.49 A-6 70 15 5 10 - 8600 1.63 A-7 55 25 20 - - 9600 1.72 A-8 60 30 10 - - 10200 1.64 A-9 65 15 10 10 - 7500 1.54 A-10 70 10 20 - - 7000 1.61 A-11 65 15 20 - - 6500 1.63 A-12 40 30 20 10 - 5900 1.59 A-13 65 25 10 - - 5200 1.53 A-14 10 50 35 5 - 6200 1.48 A-15 60 40 - - - 7000 1.73 A-16 70 10 20 - - 11500 1.56 A-17 70 10 20 - - 8400 1.58 A-18 60 15 10 15 - 9200 1.66 A-19 55 25 20 - - 5700 1.75 A-20 65 20 15 - - 7600 1.56 A-21 60 20 20 - - 8000 1.45 A-22 70 25 5 - - 4900 1.43 A-23 65 15 20 - - 5200 1.65 A-24 20 30 50 - - 7700 1.55 A-25 40 20 20 20 - 6000 1.73 A-26 30 10 60 - - 12000 1.66 A'-1 40 60 - - - 8000 1.65 A'-2 50 50 - - - 9000 1.57 A'-3 50 50 - - - 11000 1.78 A'-4 40 60 - - - 8000 1.65 A'-5 40 60 - - - 8000 1.65 A'-6 26 47 12 5 10 8000 1.65 [Table 1] Table 1 Repeated molar ratio Mw Mw/Mn A-1 20 30 50 - - 6500 1.52 A-2 10 10 60 20 - 8300 1.65 A-3 40 60 - - - 7800 1.55 A-4 20 20 60 - - 12000 1.68 A-5 60 10 30 - - 5500 1.49 A-6 70 15 5 10 - 8600 1.63 A-7 55 25 20 - - 9600 1.72 A-8 60 30 10 - - 10200 1.64 A-9 65 15 10 10 - 7500 1.54 A-10 70 10 20 - - 7000 1.61 A-11 65 15 20 - - 6500 1.63 A-12 40 30 20 10 - 5900 1.59 A-13 65 25 10 - - 5200 1.53 A-14 10 50 35 5 - 6200 1.48 A-15 60 40 - - - 7000 1.73 A-16 70 10 20 - - 11500 1.56 A-17 70 10 20 - - 8400 1.58 A-18 60 15 10 15 - 9200 1.66 A-19 55 25 20 - - 5700 1.75 A-20 65 20 15 - - 7600 1.56 A-21 60 20 20 - - 8000 1.45 A-22 70 25 5 - - 4900 1.43 A-23 65 15 20 - - 5200 1.65 A-24 20 30 50 - - 7700 1.55 A-25 40 20 20 20 - 6000 1.73 A-26 30 10 60 - - 12000 1.66 A'-1 40 60 - - - 8000 1.65 A'-2 50 50 - - - 9000 1.57 A'-3 50 50 - - - 11000 1.78 A'-4 40 60 - - - 8000 1.65 A'-5 40 60 - - - 8000 1.65 A'-6 26 47 12 5 10 8000 1.65

<合成例1:樹脂A-1的合成> 將環己酮(226 g)於氮氣流下加熱為80℃。一邊攪拌一邊花6小時將下述式M-1所表示的單體(21.5 g)、下述式M-2所表示的單體(21.6 g)、下述式M-3所表示的單體(58.3 g)、環己酮(420 g)及2,2'-偶氮雙異丁酸二甲酯(V-601,和光純藥工業(股)製造)(12.42 g)的混合溶液滴加至所述環己酮中,獲得反應液。於滴加結束後,將反應液於80℃下進而攪拌2小時。於將所得的反應液放冷後,在利用大量的甲醇/水(質量比9:1)再沈澱後進行過濾,將所得的固體真空乾燥,獲得樹脂A-1(89 g)。<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin A-1> Cyclohexanone (226 g) was heated to 80°C under a stream of nitrogen. While stirring for 6 hours, the monomer represented by the following formula M-1 (21.5 g), the monomer represented by the following formula M-2 (21.6 g), and the monomer represented by the following formula M-3 (58.3 g), cyclohexanone (420 g) and dimethyl 2,2'-azobisisobutyrate (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) (12.42 g) are added dropwise Into the cyclohexanone, a reaction liquid is obtained. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction solution was further stirred at 80°C for 2 hours. After the obtained reaction liquid was left to cool, it was reprecipitated with a large amount of methanol/water (mass ratio 9:1) and then filtered, and the obtained solid was vacuum dried to obtain resin A-1 (89 g).

[化63]

Figure 02_image126
[化63]
Figure 02_image126

所得的樹脂A-1的由GPC(載體:四氫呋喃(THF))求出的重量平均分子量(Mw:聚苯乙烯換算)為6500,分散度(Mw/Mn)為1.52。藉由13 C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)測定的組成比為基於M-1的單元/基於M-2的單元/基於M-3的單元=20/30/50(莫耳比)。The weight average molecular weight (Mw: polystyrene conversion) of the obtained resin A-1 determined by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) was 6,500, and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) was 1.52. The composition ratio determined by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) is M-1 based unit/M-2 based unit/M-3 based unit=20/30/50 (mole ratio).

關於其他樹脂,亦同樣地合成。The other resins are also synthesized in the same way.

[光酸產生劑] 使用以下所示的光酸產生劑。 光酸產生劑B-1~光酸產生劑B-3是通式(PB)所表示的化合物,光酸產生劑C-1~光酸產生劑C-12是通式(PB)所表示的化合物以外的光酸產生劑。 光酸產生劑C-9~光酸產生劑C-12是通式(PA-1)所表示的化合物。[Photo Acid Generator] Use the photoacid generator shown below. Photo acid generator B-1 ~ photo acid generator B-3 are compounds represented by general formula (PB), and photo acid generator C-1 ~ photo acid generator C-12 are represented by general formula (PB) Photo acid generators other than compounds. Photo acid generator C-9 to photo acid generator C-12 are compounds represented by general formula (PA-1).

[化64]

Figure 02_image128
[化64]
Figure 02_image128

[化65]

Figure 02_image130
[化65]
Figure 02_image130

[化66]

Figure 02_image132
[化66]
Figure 02_image132

[酸擴散控制劑] 使用以下所示的酸擴散控制劑。[Acid Diffusion Control Agent] Use the acid diffusion control agent shown below.

[化67]

Figure 02_image134
[化67]
Figure 02_image134

[界面活性劑] 使用以下所示的界面活性劑。 H-1:美佳法(Megafac)F176(DIC(股)製造、氟系界面活性劑) H-2:美佳法(Megafac)R08(DIC(股)製造、氟系及矽系界面活性劑) H-3:PF656(歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造、氟系界面活性劑)[Surfactant] Use the surfactant shown below. H-1: Megafac F176 (manufactured by DIC (Stock), fluorine-based surfactant) H-2: Megafac R08 (manufactured by DIC (stock), fluorine-based and silicon-based surfactants) H-3: PF656 (manufactured by OMNOVA, fluorine-based surfactant)

[溶劑] 使用以下所示的溶劑。 F-1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) F-2:丙二醇單甲醚(PGME) F-3:丙二醇單乙醚(PGEE) F-4:環己酮 F-5:環戊酮 F-6:2-庚酮 F-7:乳酸乙酯 F-8:γ-丁內酯 F-9:碳酸伸丙酯[Solvent] Use the solvents shown below. F-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) F-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) F-3: Propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) F-4: Cyclohexanone F-5: Cyclopentanone F-6: 2-Heptanone F-7: Ethyl lactate F-8: γ-butyrolactone F-9: propylene carbonate

[抗蝕劑組成物的製備] 以固體成分濃度成為2.0質量%的方式混合表2所示的各成分。繼而,使所得的混合液按照最初為孔徑50 nm的聚乙烯製過濾器、其次為孔徑10 nm的尼龍製過濾器、最後為孔徑5 nm的聚乙烯製過濾器的順序流通並進行過濾,製備抗蝕劑組成物(Re-1~Re-50、Re'-1~Re'-6)。 再者,所謂固體成分,是指溶劑以外的所有成分。將所得的抗蝕劑組成物在實施例及比較例中使用。 另外,表中,「量」欄表示各成分相對於抗蝕劑組成物中的總固體成分的含量(質量%)。[Preparation of resist composition] The components shown in Table 2 were mixed so that the solid content concentration became 2.0% by mass. Then, the obtained mixed solution was circulated and filtered in the order of a polyethylene filter with a pore size of 50 nm, a nylon filter with a pore size of 10 nm, and a polyethylene filter with a pore size of 5 nm. Resist composition (Re-1 to Re-50, Re'-1 to Re'-6). In addition, the term "solid content" refers to all components other than the solvent. The obtained resist composition was used in Examples and Comparative Examples. In addition, in the table, the "amount" column indicates the content (mass %) of each component with respect to the total solid content in the resist composition.

[表2] 表2 固體成分 溶劑 樹脂 光酸產生劑 酸擴散控制劑 界面活性劑 種類 種類 種類 種類 種類 種類 混合比(質量比) Re-1 A-1 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-2 A-2 79.3 - - C-2 13.8 D-1 6.9 - - F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-3 A-3 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-4 A-4 76.5 - - C-3 14.8 D-4 8.7 - - F-1/F-5 85/15 Re-5 A-5 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-6 A-6 82.1 - - C-4 13.1 D-3 4.8 - - F-1/F-9 85/15 Re-7 A-7 84.3 - - C-5/C-7 5.5/5.0 D-4 5 H-2 0.2 F-1/F-3 70/30 Re-8 A-8 82.9 - - C-6 14.2 D-3 2.9 - - F-1/F-7 90/10 Re-9 A-9 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-10 A-10 85.3 - - C-7 9.8 D-5 4.9 - - F-1/F-2/F-6 70/20/10 Re-11 A-11 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-12 A-12 79.9 - - C-8 13.8 D-5 6.3 - - F-1/F-4 80/20 Re-13 A-13 81.2 - - C-2 14.1 D-1 4.7 - - F-1/F-2/F-5 60/30/10 Re-14 A-14 83.5 - - C-3 10.2 D-4 6.2 H-1 0.1 F-4 100 Re-15 A-15 84.2 - - C-8 10.2 D-3 5.6 - - F-1/F-5 85/15 Re-16 A-16 80.2 - - C-2 13.4 D-1/D-2 4.4/2.0 - - F-1/F-3 75/25 Re-17 A-17 80.9 - - C-1/C-4 8.7/4.0 D-5 6.4 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-18 A-18 84.5 - - C-3 10.5 D-3 5 - - F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-19 A-19 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-20 A-20 86.1 - - C-7 9.4 D-3 4.5 - - F-1/F-6 80/20 Re-21 A-21 85.0 - - C-4 10.5 D-4 4.4 H-3 0.1 F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-22 A-22 84.9 - - C-4 10.9 D-2 4.2 - - F-1/F-2/F-8 80/15/5 Re-23 A-23 83.2 - - C-8 11.9 D-1 4.9 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-24 A-24 82.9 - - C-6 14.2 D-3 2.9 - - F-1/F-7 90/10 Re-25 A-25 79.3 - - C-2 13.8 D-1 6.9 - - F-1/F-4 85/15 Re-26 A-26 82.1 - - C-4 13.1 D-3 4.8 - - F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-27 A-1 82.0 - - C-9 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-28 A-5 82.0 - - C-10 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-29 A-9 82.0 - - C-11 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-30 A-11 82.0 - - C-12 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-31 A-19 82.0 - - C-10 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-32 A-22 84.5 - - C-9/C-10 8.0/2.5 D-3 5.0 - - F-1/F-4 80/20 Re-33 A-1 82.0 B-1 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-34 A-5 82.0 B-2 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-35 A-9 82.0 B-3 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-36 A-11 82.0 B-1 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-37 A-19 82.0 B-2 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-38 A-20 84.7 B-1 14.1 C-4 0.8 D-4 0.3 H-3 0.1 F-1/F-6 80/20 Re-39 A-21 84.9 B-2 10.9 - - D-2 4.2 - - F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-40 A-22 83.2 B-3 11.9 C-8 3.8 D-1 1.1 - - F-1/F-2/F-8 80/15/5 Re-41 A-22 87.3 B-3 12.7 - - - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-42 A-1 82.0 - - C-1 15.1 D-1 2.9 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-43 A-5 80.1 - - C-1 17.6 D-1 2.3 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-44 A-9 76.6 - - C-1 18.4 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-45 A-11 82.0 - - C-1 16.0 D-1 2.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-46 A-19 73.0 - - C-1 22.2 D-1 4.8 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-47 A-21 72.5 B-2 20.1 C-9 0.4 D-2 7.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-48 A-20 70.9 B-1 18.5 C-2 5.5 D-3 5.1 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-49 A-22 80.5 B-3 19.5 - - - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-50 A-19 73.0 B-1 23.1 C-4 3.9 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-1 A'-1 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-2 A'-2 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-3 A'-3 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-4 A'-4 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-5 A'-5 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-6 A'-6 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 [Table 2] Table 2 Solid content Solvent Resin Photoacid generator Acid diffusion control agent Surfactant species the amount species the amount species the amount species the amount species the amount species Mixing ratio (mass ratio) Re-1 A-1 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-2 A-2 79.3 - - C-2 13.8 D-1 6.9 - - F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-3 A-3 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-4 A-4 76.5 - - C-3 14.8 D-4 8.7 - - F-1/F-5 85/15 Re-5 A-5 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-6 A-6 82.1 - - C-4 13.1 D-3 4.8 - - F-1/F-9 85/15 Re-7 A-7 84.3 - - C-5/C-7 5.5/5.0 D-4 5 H-2 0.2 F-1/F-3 70/30 Re-8 A-8 82.9 - - C-6 14.2 D-3 2.9 - - F-1/F-7 90/10 Re-9 A-9 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-10 A-10 85.3 - - C-7 9.8 D-5 4.9 - - F-1/F-2/F-6 70/20/10 Re-11 A-11 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-12 A-12 79.9 - - C-8 13.8 D-5 6.3 - - F-1/F-4 80/20 Re-13 A-13 81.2 - - C-2 14.1 D-1 4.7 - - F-1/F-2/F-5 60/30/10 Re-14 A-14 83.5 - - C-3 10.2 D-4 6.2 H-1 0.1 F-4 100 Re-15 A-15 84.2 - - C-8 10.2 D-3 5.6 - - F-1/F-5 85/15 Re-16 A-16 80.2 - - C-2 13.4 D-1/D-2 4.4/2.0 - - F-1/F-3 75/25 Re-17 A-17 80.9 - - C-1/C-4 8.7/4.0 D-5 6.4 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-18 A-18 84.5 - - C-3 10.5 D-3 5 - - F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-19 A-19 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-20 A-20 86.1 - - C-7 9.4 D-3 4.5 - - F-1/F-6 80/20 Re-21 A-21 85.0 - - C-4 10.5 D-4 4.4 H-3 0.1 F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-22 A-22 84.9 - - C-4 10.9 D-2 4.2 - - F-1/F-2/F-8 80/15/5 Re-23 A-23 83.2 - - C-8 11.9 D-1 4.9 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-24 A-24 82.9 - - C-6 14.2 D-3 2.9 - - F-1/F-7 90/10 Re-25 A-25 79.3 - - C-2 13.8 D-1 6.9 - - F-1/F-4 85/15 Re-26 A-26 82.1 - - C-4 13.1 D-3 4.8 - - F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-27 A-1 82.0 - - C-9 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-28 A-5 82.0 - - C-10 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-29 A-9 82.0 - - C-11 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-30 A-11 82.0 - - C-12 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-31 A-19 82.0 - - C-10 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-32 A-22 84.5 - - C-9/C-10 8.0/2.5 D-3 5.0 - - F-1/F-4 80/20 Re-33 A-1 82.0 B-1 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-34 A-5 82.0 B-2 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-35 A-9 82.0 B-3 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-36 A-11 82.0 B-1 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-37 A-19 82.0 B-2 13.9 C-6 4.1 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-38 A-20 84.7 B-1 14.1 C-4 0.8 D-4 0.3 H-3 0.1 F-1/F-6 80/20 Re-39 A-21 84.9 B-2 10.9 - - D-2 4.2 - - F-1/F-8 85/15 Re-40 A-22 83.2 B-3 11.9 C-8 3.8 D-1 1.1 - - F-1/F-2/F-8 80/15/5 Re-41 A-22 87.3 B-3 12.7 - - - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-42 A-1 82.0 - - C-1 15.1 D-1 2.9 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-43 A-5 80.1 - - C-1 17.6 D-1 2.3 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-44 A-9 76.6 - - C-1 18.4 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-45 A-11 82.0 - - C-1 16.0 D-1 2.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-46 A-19 73.0 - - C-1 22.2 D-1 4.8 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-47 A-21 72.5 B-2 20.1 C-9 0.4 D-2 7.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-48 A-20 70.9 B-1 18.5 C-2 5.5 D-3 5.1 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-49 A-22 80.5 B-3 19.5 - - - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re-50 A-19 73.0 B-1 23.1 C-4 3.9 - - - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-1 A'-1 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-2 A'-2 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-3 A'-3 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-4 A'-4 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-5 A'-5 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20 Re'-6 A'-6 82.0 - - C-1 13.0 D-1 5.0 - - F-1/F-2 80/20

[圖案形成] [EUV曝光、有機溶劑顯影] 於直徑12吋的矽晶圓上塗佈下層膜形成用組成物AL412(布魯爾科技(Brewer Science)公司製造),在205℃下進行60秒烘烤,形成膜厚20 nm的基底膜。於其上塗佈表3所示的抗蝕劑組成物,在100℃下進行60秒烘烤,形成膜厚30 nm的抗蝕劑膜。 使用EUV曝光裝置(埃庫斯泰克(Exitech)公司製造、微型曝光設備(Micro Exposure Tool)、NA 0.3、四極(Quadrupole)、外西格瑪0.68、內西格瑪0.36),對具有所得的抗蝕劑膜的矽晶圓進行圖案照射,以使所得的圖案的平均線寬成為20 nm。再者,作為遮罩(reticle),使用線尺寸=20 nm、且線:空間=1:1的遮罩(mask)。 於將曝光後的抗蝕劑膜在90℃下進行60秒烘烤後,利用乙酸正丁酯顯影30秒,將其旋轉乾燥而獲得負型的圖案。[Pattern Formation] [EUV exposure, organic solvent development] A 12-inch diameter silicon wafer was coated with an underlayer film forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science), and baked at 205°C for 60 seconds to form a base film with a thickness of 20 nm. The resist composition shown in Table 3 was coated thereon, and baked at 100°C for 60 seconds to form a resist film with a thickness of 30 nm. Using EUV exposure equipment (manufactured by Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupole, Out Sigma 0.68, Ne Sigma 0.36), the resist film obtained The silicon wafer is patterned so that the average line width of the resulting pattern becomes 20 nm. Furthermore, as a reticle, a mask with line size=20 nm and line:space=1:1 is used. After the exposed resist film was baked at 90°C for 60 seconds, it was developed with n-butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and it was spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern.

[評價] <缺陷評價(缺陷抑制性)> 針對利用所述方法所得的圖案,使用UVision5(AMAT公司製造)以及SEMVisionG4(AMAT公司製造),計算每片矽晶圓的缺陷數,按照以下的評價基準進行評價。缺陷數越少,缺陷抑制性越良好。 再者,在缺陷抑制性的評價中,使用剛製備後的抗蝕劑組成物形成圖案並供於評價。 「A」:缺陷數為50個以下 「B」:缺陷數超過50個且為100個以下 「C」:缺陷數超過100個且為200個以下 「D」:缺陷數超過200個且為300個以下 「E」:缺陷數超過300個且為400個以下 「F」:缺陷數超過400個且為500個以下 「G」:缺陷數超過500個[Evaluation] <Defect evaluation (defect suppression)> Regarding the patterns obtained by the above method, using UVision5 (manufactured by AMAT) and SEMVisionG4 (manufactured by AMAT), the number of defects per silicon wafer was calculated and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The fewer the number of defects, the better the defect suppression. In addition, in the evaluation of defect suppression properties, the resist composition immediately after preparation was used to form a pattern and used for evaluation. "A": The number of defects is less than 50 "B": The number of defects exceeds 50 and is less than 100 "C": The number of defects exceeds 100 and is less than 200 "D": The number of defects exceeds 200 and is less than 300 "E": The number of defects exceeds 300 and is less than 400 "F": The number of defects exceeds 400 and is less than 500 "G": The number of defects exceeds 500

<經時後的線寬粗糙度(經時後LWR性能、nm)> 針對利用所述方法所得的圖案,使用測長掃描式電子顯微鏡(掃描式電子顯微鏡(scanning electron microscope,SEM)(日立製作所(股)的S-9380II))從圖案上部進行觀察。於100處觀測圖案的線寬,以3σ評價其測定偏差,並設為LWR(nm)。LWR的值越小,經時後LWR性能越良好。 再者,在經時後LWR性能的評價中,使用製備後在室溫(25℃)的暗室中保存180天后的抗蝕劑組成物形成圖案並供於評價。 另外,經時後LWR(nm)較佳為4.7 nm以下、4.4 nm以下、4.1 nm以下、3.8 nm以下、3.5 nm、3.2 nm以下的順序。<Line width roughness after time (LWR performance after time, nm)> The pattern obtained by the method was observed from the upper part of the pattern using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (scanning electron microscope (SEM) (S-9380II of Hitachi, Ltd.)). The line width of the pattern was observed at 100 places, the measurement deviation was evaluated by 3σ, and it was set as LWR (nm). The smaller the value of LWR, the better the LWR performance over time. In addition, in the evaluation of LWR performance over time, a resist composition stored in a dark room at room temperature (25° C.) for 180 days after preparation was used to form a pattern and used for evaluation. In addition, the LWR (nm) after time is preferably 4.7 nm or less, 4.4 nm or less, 4.1 nm or less, 3.8 nm or less, 3.5 nm, and 3.2 nm or less in this order.

所使用的抗蝕劑組成物的特徵與評價結果如下述表3所示。 表中「含量」欄表示實施例的抗蝕劑組成物中光酸產生劑相對於總固體成分的含量是否為15質量%。於滿足該必要條件時記載為「A」,不滿足時記載為「B」。 「式PA1」欄表示實施例的抗蝕劑組成物是否含有通式(PA-1)所表示的化合物作為光酸產生劑。滿足該必要條件時記載為「A」,不滿足時記載為「B」。 「式PB」欄表示實施例的抗蝕劑組成物是否含有通式(PB)所表示的化合物作為光酸產生劑。於滿足該必要條件時記載為「A」,不滿足時記載為「B」。 「a2」、「a3」、「a4」、「a5」、「a6」、「b5」、「b6」欄分別表示實施例的抗蝕劑組成物中所含的樹脂(酸分解性樹脂)是否具有重複單元a2、重複單元a3、重複單元a4、重複單元a5、重複單元a6、重複單元b5、重複單元b6。於滿足該必要條件時記載為「A」,不滿足時記載為「B」。The characteristics and evaluation results of the resist composition used are shown in Table 3 below. The "content" column in the table indicates whether the content of the photoacid generator relative to the total solid content in the resist composition of the example is 15% by mass. If this requirement is met, it is recorded as "A", and if it is not met, it is recorded as "B". The "Formula PA1" column indicates whether the resist composition of the example contains the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) as a photoacid generator. If this requirement is met, it is recorded as "A", and if it is not met, it is recorded as "B. The "Formula PB" column indicates whether the resist composition of the example contains the compound represented by the general formula (PB) as a photoacid generator. If this requirement is met, it is recorded as "A", and if it is not met, it is recorded as "B". The columns "a2", "a3", "a4", "a5", "a6", "b5", and "b6" respectively indicate whether the resin (acid-decomposable resin) contained in the resist composition of the example is It has repeating unit a2, repeating unit a3, repeating unit a4, repeating unit a5, repeating unit a6, repeating unit b5, and repeating unit b6. If this requirement is met, it is recorded as "A", and if it is not met, it is recorded as "B".

[表3] 表3 抗蝕劑組成物 光酸產生劑 樹脂 缺陷抑制性 經時後LWR性能 含量 式PA1 式PB a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b5 b6 實施例1-1 Re-1 B B B B B B B B B B F 4.5 實施例1-2 Re-2 B B B B B B B B B B F 4.6 實施例1-3 Re-3 B B B A B B B B B B E 4.4 實施例1-4 Re-4 B B B A B B B B B B E 4.2 實施例1-5 Re-5 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.1 實施例1-6 Re-6 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 實施例1-7 Re-7 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.0 實施例1-8 Re-8 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 實施例1-9 Re-9 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.8 實施例1-10 Re-10 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.7 實施例1-11 Re-11 B B B B B A A B B B B 3.5 實施例1-12 Re-12 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.8 實施例1-13 Re-13 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.6 實施例1-14 Re-14 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.6 實施例1-15 Re-15 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 實施例1-16 Re-16 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 實施例1-17 Re-17 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 實施例1-18 Re-18 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 實施例1-19 Re-19 B B B B B A B B A A A 3.2 實施例1-20 Re-20 B B B A B A B B A A A 3.1 實施例1-21 Re-21 B B B A A A A A B B A 3.1 實施例1-22 Re-22 B B B A B A A A B B A 3.1 實施例1-23 Re-23 B B B A B A B B A B B 3.3 實施例1-24 Re-24 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 實施例1-25 Re-25 B B B A B A B B B B C 3.7 實施例1-26 Re-26 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 實施例1-27 Re-27 B A B B B B B B B B E 4.2 實施例1-28 Re-28 B A B A A B B B B B C 3.7 實施例1-29 Re-29 B A B B B A B B B B B 3.4 實施例1-30 Re-30 B A B B B A A B B B A 3.2 實施例1-31 Re-31 B A B B B A B B A A A 3.1 實施例1-32 Re-32 B A B A B A A A B B A 3.0 實施例1-33 Re-33 A B A B B B B B B B E 4.2 實施例1-34 Re-34 A B A A A B B B B B C 3.6 實施例1-35 Re-35 A B A B B A B B B B B 3.4 實施例1-36 Re-36 A B A B B A A B B B A 3.1 實施例1-37 Re-37 A B A B B A B B A A A 2.9 實施例1-38 Re-38 B B A A B A B B A A A 3.0 實施例1-39 Re-39 B B A A A A A A B B A 3.0 實施例1-40 Re-40 A B A A B A A A B B A 2.9 實施例1-41 Re-41 B B A A B A A A B B A 3.0 實施例1-42 Re-42 A B B B B B B B B B E 4.4 實施例1-43 Re-43 A B B A A B B B B B C 3.7 實施例1-44 Re-44 A B B B B A B B B B B 3.5 實施例1-45 Re-45 A B B B B A A B B B A 3.2 實施例1-46 Re-46 A B B B B A B B A A A 3.1 實施例1-47 Re-47 A A A A A A A A B B A 2.9 實施例1-48 Re-48 A B A A B A B B A A A 2.9 實施例1-49 Re-49 A B A A B A A A B B A 2.9 實施例1-50 Re-50 A B A B B A B B A A A 3.0 比較例1-1 Re'-1 B B B - - - - - - - G 4.6 比較例1-2 Re'-2 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.2 比較例1-3 Re'-3 B B B - - - - - - - - - 比較例1-4 Re'-4 B B B - - - - - - - D 5.2 比較例1-5 Re'-5 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.8 比較例1-6 Re'-6 B B B - - - - - - - G 4.9 [table 3] table 3 Resist composition Photoacid generator Resin Defect inhibition LWR performance after time content Formula PA1 Formula PB a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b5 b6 Example 1-1 Re-1 B B B B B B B B B B F 4.5 Example 1-2 Re-2 B B B B B B B B B B F 4.6 Example 1-3 Re-3 B B B A B B B B B B E 4.4 Example 1-4 Re-4 B B B A B B B B B B E 4.2 Example 1-5 Re-5 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.1 Example 1-6 Re-6 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 Example 1-7 Re-7 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.0 Example 1-8 Re-8 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 Example 1-9 Re-9 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.8 Example 1-10 Re-10 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.7 Example 1-11 Re-11 B B B B B A A B B B B 3.5 Example 1-12 Re-12 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.8 Example 1-13 Re-13 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.6 Example 1-14 Re-14 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.6 Example 1-15 Re-15 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 Example 1-16 Re-16 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 Example 1-17 Re-17 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 Example 1-18 Re-18 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 Examples 1-19 Re-19 B B B B B A B B A A A 3.2 Example 1-20 Re-20 B B B A B A B B A A A 3.1 Example 1-21 Re-21 B B B A A A A A B B A 3.1 Example 1-22 Re-22 B B B A B A A A B B A 3.1 Example 1-23 Re-23 B B B A B A B B A B B 3.3 Example 1-24 Re-24 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 Example 1-25 Re-25 B B B A B A B B B B C 3.7 Examples 1-26 Re-26 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 Example 1-27 Re-27 B A B B B B B B B B E 4.2 Example 1-28 Re-28 B A B A A B B B B B C 3.7 Example 1-29 Re-29 B A B B B A B B B B B 3.4 Example 1-30 Re-30 B A B B B A A B B B A 3.2 Example 1-31 Re-31 B A B B B A B B A A A 3.1 Example 1-32 Re-32 B A B A B A A A B B A 3.0 Example 1-33 Re-33 A B A B B B B B B B E 4.2 Example 1-34 Re-34 A B A A A B B B B B C 3.6 Example 1-35 Re-35 A B A B B A B B B B B 3.4 Example 1-36 Re-36 A B A B B A A B B B A 3.1 Example 1-37 Re-37 A B A B B A B B A A A 2.9 Example 1-38 Re-38 B B A A B A B B A A A 3.0 Examples 1-39 Re-39 B B A A A A A A B B A 3.0 Example 1-40 Re-40 A B A A B A A A B B A 2.9 Example 1-41 Re-41 B B A A B A A A B B A 3.0 Examples 1-42 Re-42 A B B B B B B B B B E 4.4 Examples 1-43 Re-43 A B B A A B B B B B C 3.7 Example 1-44 Re-44 A B B B B A B B B B B 3.5 Examples 1-45 Re-45 A B B B B A A B B B A 3.2 Example 1-46 Re-46 A B B B B A B B A A A 3.1 Examples 1-47 Re-47 A A A A A A A A B B A 2.9 Examples 1-48 Re-48 A B A A B A B B A A A 2.9 Examples 1-49 Re-49 A B A A B A A A B B A 2.9 Examples 1-50 Re-50 A B A B B A B B A A A 3.0 Comparative example 1-1 Re'-1 B B B - - - - - - - G 4.6 Comparative example 1-2 Re'-2 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.2 Comparative example 1-3 Re'-3 B B B - - - - - - - - - Comparative example 1-4 Re'-4 B B B - - - - - - - D 5.2 Comparative example 1-5 Re'-5 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.8 Comparative example 1-6 Re'-6 B B B - - - - - - - G 4.9

如所述表所示,關於本發明的抗蝕劑組成物,確認了於利用有機溶劑顯影形成圖案的情況下,缺陷抑制性及經時後LWR性能優異。 另一方面,比較例的抗蝕劑組成物中,缺陷抑制性及經時後LWR性能中的至少一者不充分。 比較例1-1的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元(重複單元a1),而僅使用在α位不具有F原子的重複單元,認為原因在於EUV光的散粒雜訊大。 比較例1-2的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元,而使用在α位具有CF3 基的樹脂,認為原因在於在有機溶劑顯影液中的溶解性過高。 比較例1-3的抗蝕劑組成物中,不使用酸分解性樹脂而僅使用非酸分解性的樹脂,在該條件下無法形成圖案。 比較例1-4的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元,而使用在α位具有I原子的樹脂,認為經時穩定性差,經時後LWR性能變得不充分。 比較例1-5的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元,而僅使用在α位不具有F原子的樹脂,認為原因在於EUV光的散粒雜訊大。 比較例1-6的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元,而僅使用在α位不具有F原子的樹脂,認為原因在於EUV光的散粒雜訊大。As shown in the table, it was confirmed that the resist composition of the present invention has excellent defect suppression properties and LWR performance over time when the pattern is formed by organic solvent development. On the other hand, in the resist composition of the comparative example, at least one of defect suppression properties and LWR performance over time is insufficient. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 1-1, in the acid-decomposable resin, the repeating unit (repeating unit a1) having an F atom at the α position is not used, but only the repeating unit having no F atom at the α position is used. It is believed that the reason is the large shot noise of EUV light. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 1-2, the acid-decomposable resin does not use a repeating unit having an F atom at the α-position, but uses a resin having a CF 3 group at the α-position. It is considered that the reason is that the organic solvent The solubility in the developer is too high. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 1-3, an acid-decomposable resin was not used but only a non-acid-decomposable resin was used, and the pattern could not be formed under these conditions. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 1-4, in the acid-decomposable resin, a repeating unit having an F atom at the α-position is not used, but a resin having an I atom at the α-position is used. Over time, LWR performance becomes insufficient. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 1-5, the acid-decomposable resin does not use a repeating unit having an F atom at the α-position, but only uses a resin that does not have an F atom at the α-position. The reason is considered to be EUV light. The shot noise is large. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 1-6, the acid-decomposable resin does not use a repeating unit having an F atom at the α position, but only uses a resin that does not have an F atom at the α position. The reason is considered to be EUV light. The shot noise is large.

另外,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,確認了抗蝕劑組成物中所含的樹脂較佳為具有重複單元a2,更佳為具有重複單元a3,進而佳為具有重複單元a4,尤佳為具有重複單元a5或重複單元b5,最佳為具有重複單元a6或重複單元b6(參照實施例1-1~實施例1-26的結果等)。In addition, in terms of more excellent effects of the present invention, it was confirmed that the resin contained in the resist composition preferably has repeating unit a2, more preferably has repeating unit a3, and still more preferably has repeating unit a4, It is especially preferable to have a repeating unit a5 or a repeating unit b5, and it is most preferable to have a repeating unit a6 or a repeating unit b6 (refer to the results of Examples 1-1 to 1-26, etc.).

就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,確認了抗蝕劑組成物較佳為含有通式(PA-1)所表示的化合物(參照實施例1-1與實施例1-27的比較、實施例1-5與實施例1-28的比較、實施例1-9與實施例1-29的比較、實施例1-11與實施例1-30的比較、實施例1-19與實施例1-31的比較等)。In terms of the more excellent effects of the present invention, it was confirmed that the resist composition preferably contains the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) (refer to the comparison between Example 1-1 and Example 1-27, Comparison of Examples 1-5 and Examples 1-28, Comparison of Examples 1-9 and Examples 1-29, Comparison of Examples 1-11 and Examples 1-30, Examples 1-19 and Examples 1-31 comparison, etc.).

就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,確認了抗蝕劑組成物較佳為含有通式(PB)所表示的化合物(參照實施例1-1與實施例1-33的比較、實施例1-5與實施例1-34的比較、實施例1-9與實施例1-35的比較、實施例1-11與實施例1-36的比較、實施例1-19、實施例1-37與實施例1-50的比較、實施例1-20、實施例1-38與實施例1-48的比較、實施例1-21、實施例1-39與實施例1-47的比較、實施例1-22、實施例1-40、實施例1-41與實施例1-49的比較等)。In terms of the more excellent effects of the present invention, it was confirmed that the resist composition preferably contains the compound represented by the general formula (PB) (refer to the comparison between Example 1-1 and Example 1-33, Example 1-5 and Example 1-34, Example 1-9 and Example 1-35, Example 1-11 and Example 1-36, Example 1-19, Example 1- 37 Comparison with Examples 1-50, Examples 1-20, Examples 1-38 and Examples 1-48, Examples 1-21, Examples 1-39 and Examples 1-47, Comparison of Examples 1-22, Examples 1-40, Examples 1-41 and Examples 1-49).

就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,確認了抗蝕劑組成物較佳為相對於總固體成分而言含有15質量%以上的光酸產生劑(參照實施例1-1與實施例1-42的比較、實施例1-5與實施例1-43的比較、實施例1-9與實施例1-44的比較、實施例1-11與實施例1-45的比較、實施例1-19與實施例1-46的比較、實施例1-39與實施例1-47的比較、實施例1-41與實施例1-49的比較等)。In terms of the more excellent effects of the present invention, it was confirmed that the resist composition preferably contains 15% by mass or more of the photoacid generator with respect to the total solid content (refer to Example 1-1 and Example 1 -42, Example 1-5 and Example 1-43, Example 1-9 and Example 1-44, Example 1-11 and Example 1-45, Example 1 -19 and Example 1-46, Example 1-39 and Example 1-47, Example 1-41 and Example 1-49, etc.).

[EUV曝光、鹼性水溶液顯影] 於直徑12吋的矽晶圓上塗佈下層膜形成用組成物AL412(布魯爾科技(Brewer Science)公司製造),在205℃下進行60秒烘烤,形成膜厚20 nm的基底膜。於其上塗佈表4所示的抗蝕劑組成物,在100℃下進行60秒烘烤,形成膜厚30 nm的抗蝕劑膜。 使用EUV曝光裝置(埃庫斯泰克(Exitech)公司製造、微型曝光設備(Micro Exposure Tool)、NA 0.3、四極、外西格瑪0.68、內西格瑪0.36),對具有所得的抗蝕劑膜的矽晶圓進行圖案照射,以使所得的圖案的平均線寬成為20 nm。再者,作為遮罩(reticle),使用線尺寸=20 nm、且線:空間=1:1的遮罩(mask)。 於將曝光後的抗蝕劑膜在90℃下進行60秒烘烤後,利用氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液(2.38質量%)顯影30秒,繼而利用純水淋洗30秒。然後,將其旋轉乾燥而獲得正型的圖案。 使用所得的正型的圖案,與所述同樣地進行缺陷抑制性及經時後LWR性能的評價。[EUV exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development] A 12-inch diameter silicon wafer was coated with an underlayer film forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science), and baked at 205°C for 60 seconds to form a base film with a thickness of 20 nm. The resist composition shown in Table 4 was applied thereon, and baked at 100°C for 60 seconds to form a resist film with a thickness of 30 nm. Using EUV exposure equipment (manufactured by Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36), the silicon wafer with the obtained resist film The pattern irradiation is performed so that the average line width of the resulting pattern becomes 20 nm. Furthermore, as a reticle, a mask with line size=20 nm and line:space=1:1 is used. After the exposed resist film was baked at 90°C for 60 seconds, it was developed with a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (2.38% by mass) for 30 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. Then, it was spin-dried to obtain a positive pattern. Using the obtained positive pattern, the defect suppression properties and the LWR performance after time were evaluated in the same manner as described above.

評價結果如下述表所示。 表4中的各欄的記載的意義與表3中的相應欄的記載的意義相同。The evaluation results are shown in the following table. The meaning of each column in Table 4 is the same as the meaning of the corresponding column in Table 3.

[表4] 表4 抗蝕劑組成物 光酸產生劑 樹脂 缺陷抑制性 經時後LWR性能 含量 式PA1 式PB a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b5 b6 實施例2-1 Re-1 B B B B B B B B B B F 4.6 實施例2-2 Re-2 B B B B B B B B B B F 4.5 實施例2-3 Re-3 B B B A B B B B B B E 4.3 實施例2-4 Re-4 B B B A B B B B B B E 4.2 實施例2-5 Re-5 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.0 實施例2-6 Re-6 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 實施例2-7 Re-7 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.0 實施例2-8 Re-8 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.1 實施例2-9 Re-9 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.8 實施例2-10 Re-10 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.7 實施例2-11 Re-11 B B B B B A A B B B B 3.5 實施例2-12 Re-12 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.7 實施例2-13 Re-13 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 實施例2-14 Re-14 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.6 實施例2-15 Re-15 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 實施例2-16 Re-16 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.6 實施例2-17 Re-17 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.0 實施例2-18 Re-18 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 實施例2-19 Re-19 B B B B B A B B A A A 3.2 實施例2-20 Re-20 B B B A B A B B A A A 3.2 實施例2-21 Re-21 B B B A A A A A B B A 3.1 實施例2-22 Re-22 B B B A B A A A B B A 3.1 實施例2-23 Re-23 B B B A B A B B A B B 3.3 實施例2-24 Re-24 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 實施例2-25 Re-25 B B B A B A B B B B C 3.7 實施例2-26 Re-26 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 實施例2-27 Re-27 B A B B B B B B B B E 4.3 實施例2-28 Re-28 B A B A A B B B B B C 3.7 實施例2-29 Re-29 B A B B B A B B B B B 3.3 實施例2-30 Re-30 B A B B B A A B B B A 3.2 實施例2-31 Re-31 B A B B B A B B A A A 3.0 實施例2-32 Re-32 B A B A B A A A B B A 3.0 實施例2-33 Re-33 A B A B B B B B B B E 4.2 實施例2-34 Re-34 A B A A A B B B B B C 3.7 實施例2-35 Re-35 A B A B B A B B B B B 3.3 實施例2-36 Re-36 A B A B B A A B B B A 3.0 實施例2-37 Re-37 A B A B B A B B A A A 2.9 實施例2-38 Re-38 B B A A B A B B A A A 3.0 實施例2-39 Re-39 B B A A A A A A B B A 3.0 實施例2-40 Re-40 A B A A B A A A B B A 2.9 實施例2-41 Re-41 B B A A B A A A B B A 3.0 實施例2-42 Re-42 A B B B B B B B B B E 4.3 實施例2-43 Re-43 A B B A A B B B B B C 3.8 實施例2-44 Re-44 A B B B B A B B B B B 3.4 實施例2-45 Re-45 A B B B B A A B B B A 3.2 實施例2-46 Re-46 A B B B B A B B A A A 3.0 實施例2-47 Re-47 A A A A A A A A B B A 2.9 實施例2-48 Re-48 A B A A B A B B A A A 2.9 實施例2-49 Re-49 A B A A B A A A B B A 2.9 實施例2-50 Re-50 A B A B B A B B A A A 2.9 比較例2-1 Re'-1 B B B - - - - - - - G 4.9 比較例2-2 Re'-2 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.2 比較例2-3 Re'-3 B B B - - - - - - - - - 比較例2-4 Re'-4 B B B - - - - - - - D 5.3 比較例2-5 Re'-5 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.8 比較例2-6 Re'-6 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.1 [Table 4] Table 4 Resist composition Photoacid generator Resin Defect inhibition LWR performance after time content Formula PA1 Formula PB a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b5 b6 Example 2-1 Re-1 B B B B B B B B B B F 4.6 Example 2-2 Re-2 B B B B B B B B B B F 4.5 Example 2-3 Re-3 B B B A B B B B B B E 4.3 Example 2-4 Re-4 B B B A B B B B B B E 4.2 Example 2-5 Re-5 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.0 Example 2-6 Re-6 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 Example 2-7 Re-7 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.0 Example 2-8 Re-8 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.1 Example 2-9 Re-9 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.8 Example 2-10 Re-10 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.7 Example 2-11 Re-11 B B B B B A A B B B B 3.5 Example 2-12 Re-12 B B B B B A B B B B C 3.7 Example 2-13 Re-13 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 Example 2-14 Re-14 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.6 Example 2-15 Re-15 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 Example 2-16 Re-16 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.6 Example 2-17 Re-17 B B B A A B B B B B D 4.0 Example 2-18 Re-18 B B B A A A B B B B C 3.7 Example 2-19 Re-19 B B B B B A B B A A A 3.2 Example 2-20 Re-20 B B B A B A B B A A A 3.2 Example 2-21 Re-21 B B B A A A A A B B A 3.1 Example 2-22 Re-22 B B B A B A A A B B A 3.1 Example 2-23 Re-23 B B B A B A B B A B B 3.3 Example 2-24 Re-24 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 Example 2-25 Re-25 B B B A B A B B B B C 3.7 Example 2-26 Re-26 B B B A A B B B B B D 3.9 Example 2-27 Re-27 B A B B B B B B B B E 4.3 Example 2-28 Re-28 B A B A A B B B B B C 3.7 Example 2-29 Re-29 B A B B B A B B B B B 3.3 Example 2-30 Re-30 B A B B B A A B B B A 3.2 Example 2-31 Re-31 B A B B B A B B A A A 3.0 Example 2-32 Re-32 B A B A B A A A B B A 3.0 Example 2-33 Re-33 A B A B B B B B B B E 4.2 Example 2-34 Re-34 A B A A A B B B B B C 3.7 Example 2-35 Re-35 A B A B B A B B B B B 3.3 Example 2-36 Re-36 A B A B B A A B B B A 3.0 Example 2-37 Re-37 A B A B B A B B A A A 2.9 Example 2-38 Re-38 B B A A B A B B A A A 3.0 Example 2-39 Re-39 B B A A A A A A B B A 3.0 Example 2-40 Re-40 A B A A B A A A B B A 2.9 Example 2-41 Re-41 B B A A B A A A B B A 3.0 Example 2-42 Re-42 A B B B B B B B B B E 4.3 Example 2-43 Re-43 A B B A A B B B B B C 3.8 Example 2-44 Re-44 A B B B B A B B B B B 3.4 Example 2-45 Re-45 A B B B B A A B B B A 3.2 Example 2-46 Re-46 A B B B B A B B A A A 3.0 Example 2-47 Re-47 A A A A A A A A B B A 2.9 Example 2-48 Re-48 A B A A B A B B A A A 2.9 Example 2-49 Re-49 A B A A B A A A B B A 2.9 Example 2-50 Re-50 A B A B B A B B A A A 2.9 Comparative example 2-1 Re'-1 B B B - - - - - - - G 4.9 Comparative example 2-2 Re'-2 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.2 Comparative example 2-3 Re'-3 B B B - - - - - - - - - Comparative example 2-4 Re'-4 B B B - - - - - - - D 5.3 Comparative example 2-5 Re'-5 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.8 Comparative example 2-6 Re'-6 B B B - - - - - - - G 5.1

如所述表所示,關於本發明的抗蝕劑組成物,確認了即使於利用鹼顯影形成圖案的情況下,缺陷抑制性及經時後LWR性能亦優異。 另一方面,比較例的抗蝕劑組成物中,缺陷抑制性及經時後LWR性能中的至少一者不充分。 比較例2-1的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元(重複單元a1),而僅使用在α位不具有F原子的重複單元,認為原因在於EUV光的散粒雜訊大。 比較例2-2的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元,而使用在α位具有CF3 基的樹脂,認為原因在於在鹼性顯影液中的溶解性過低。 比較例2-3的抗蝕劑組成物中,不使用酸分解性樹脂而僅使用非酸分解性的樹脂,在該條件下無法形成圖案。 比較例2-4的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元,而使用在α位具有I原子的樹脂,認為經時穩定性差,經時後LWR性能變得不充分。 比較例2-5的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元,而僅使用在α位不具有F原子的樹脂,認為原因在於EUV光的散粒雜訊大。 比較例2-6的抗蝕劑組成物中,在酸分解性樹脂中,不使用在α位具有F原子的重複單元,而僅使用在α位不具有F原子的樹脂,認為原因在於EUV光的散粒雜訊大。As shown in the table, it was confirmed that the resist composition of the present invention has excellent defect suppression properties and LWR performance over time even when the pattern is formed by alkali development. On the other hand, in the resist composition of the comparative example, at least one of defect suppression properties and LWR performance over time is insufficient. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 2-1, in the acid-decomposable resin, the repeating unit having an F atom at the α position (repeating unit a1) is not used, but only the repeating unit having no F atom at the α position is used. It is believed that the reason is the large shot noise of EUV light. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 2-2, in the acid-decomposable resin, a repeating unit having an F atom at the α-position is not used, but a resin having a CF 3 group at the α-position is used. The solubility in the developer is too low. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 2-3, an acid-decomposable resin was not used but only a non-acid-decomposable resin was used, and the pattern could not be formed under these conditions. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 2-4, in the acid-decomposable resin, a repeating unit having an F atom at the α-position is not used, but a resin having an I atom at the α-position is used. Over time, LWR performance becomes insufficient. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 2-5, in the acid-decomposable resin, a repeating unit having an F atom at the α-position is not used, and only a resin having no F atom at the α-position is used, which is believed to be due to EUV light. The shot noise is large. In the resist composition of Comparative Example 2-6, in the acid-decomposable resin, the repeating unit having an F atom at the α-position is not used, and only the resin having no F atom at the α-position is used, which is believed to be due to EUV light. The shot noise is large.

另外,實施例彼此的比較中,亦確認了與利用有機溶劑顯影形成圖案時相同的傾向。In addition, in the comparison between the examples, the same tendency as when the pattern was formed by development with an organic solvent was also confirmed.

Claims (13)

一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,包含: 酸分解性樹脂、以及 藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物, 所述酸分解性樹脂具有通式(A1)所表示的重複單元a1;
Figure 03_image001
通式(A1)中,RQ 表示氫原子或有機基。
A photosensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, comprising: an acid-decomposable resin and a compound that generates acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, the acid-decomposable resin having the general formula (A1) The repeating unit a1;
Figure 03_image001
In the general formula (A1), R Q represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
如請求項1所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a1包含具有酸分解性基的重複單元a2。The sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit a1 includes a repeating unit a2 having an acid-decomposable group. 如請求項2所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a2包含通式(A2)所表示的重複單元a3;
Figure 03_image004
通式(A2)中,RQ1 ~RQ3 分別獨立地表示烷基; RQ1 ~RQ3 中的兩個可彼此鍵結而形成環。
The sensitized radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 2, wherein the repeating unit a2 includes the repeating unit a3 represented by the general formula (A2);
Figure 03_image004
In the general formula (A2), R Q1 to R Q3 each independently represent an alkyl group; two of R Q1 to R Q3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
如請求項1至3中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a1包含RQ 表示氫原子或基X的重複單元a4, 所述基X是具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基的基且並非為脫離基。The sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the repeating unit a1 includes a repeating unit a4 in which R Q represents a hydrogen atom or a group X, and the group X is A group having one or more specific groups selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonamide group, an amide group, a carboxylic acid group, and a photoacid generating group, and It's not to break away from the base. 如請求項4所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a4包含重複單元a5,所述重複單元a5含有具有氟原子的所述基X。The sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the repeating unit a4 includes a repeating unit a5, and the repeating unit a5 includes the group X having a fluorine atom. 如請求項5所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元a5包含重複單元a6,所述重複單元a6含有具有六氟丙醇基的所述基X。The sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 5, wherein the repeating unit a5 includes a repeating unit a6, and the repeating unit a6 includes the group X having a hexafluoropropanol group. 如請求項1至3中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述酸分解性樹脂具有通式(B1)所表示的重複單元b5;
Figure 03_image006
通式(B1)中,X表示氫原子、烷基或氟原子以外的鹵素原子; LB 表示單鍵或-COO-; RB1 表示基Z,所述基Z是具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、磺醯胺基、醯胺基、羧酸基及光酸產生基所組成的群組中的一個以上的特定基、且具有氟原子且並非為脫離基。
The sensitized radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the acid-decomposable resin has a repeating unit b5 represented by the general formula (B1);
Figure 03_image006
In the general formula (B1), X represents a halogen atom other than a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorine atom; L B represents a single bond or -COO-; R B1 represents a group Z, the group Z is a radical selected from the group consisting of a lactone, One or more specific groups in the group consisting of a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a amide group, a carboxylic acid group, and a photoacid generating group, and has a fluorine atom and is not a leaving group .
如請求項7所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述重複單元b5包含重複單元b6,所述重複單元b6含有具有六氟丙醇基的所述基Z。The sensitizing radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 7, wherein the repeating unit b5 includes a repeating unit b6, and the repeating unit b6 includes the group Z having a hexafluoropropanol group. 如請求項1至3中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物包含通式(PA-1)所表示的化合物;
Figure 03_image008
通式(PA-1)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -RP 或-CO-RP ;RP 表示有機基; M+ 表示陽離子。
The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound that generates acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation comprises the general formula (PA-1) The compound represented;
Figure 03_image008
Formula (PA-1) in, A 1 and A 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -R P or -CO-R P; R P represents an organic group; M + represents a cation.
如請求項1至3中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中所述藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物包含通式(PB)所表示的化合物; M1 + A- -L-B- M2 + (PB) 通式(PB)中,M1 + 及M2 + 分別獨立地表示有機陽離子; L表示二價有機基; A- 表示酸根陰離子基; 其中,在通式(PB)所表示的化合物的M1 + 及M2 + 分別經氫原子取代的HA-L-BH所表示的化合物中,HA所表示的基的pKa比BH所表示的基的pKa低; B- 表示通式(B-1)~(B-4)中的任一者所表示的基;
Figure 03_image010
所述通式(B-1)~(B-4)中,*表示鍵結位置; 所述通式(B-1)~(B-4)中,RB 表示有機基。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound that generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation comprises a compound represented by the general formula (PB) The compound of; M 1 + A -- LB - M 2 + (PB) In the general formula (PB), M 1 + and M 2 + each independently represent an organic cation; L represents a divalent organic group; A - represents an acid radical anion Group; wherein, in the compound represented by HA-L-BH in which M 1 + and M 2 + of the compound represented by the general formula (PB) are replaced by hydrogen atoms, respectively, the pKa of the group represented by HA is higher than that of BH The pKa of the group is low; B - represents a group represented by any one of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-4);
Figure 03_image010
In the general formula (B-1) ~ (B -4), * represents a bonding position; in the general formula (B-1) ~ (B -4), R B represents an organic group.
如請求項1至3中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中相對於總固體成分,所述藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物的含量為15質量%以上。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the content of the compound that generates acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation relative to the total solid content It is 15% by mass or more. 一種圖案形成方法,包括: 使用如請求項1至11中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物於基板上形成抗蝕劑膜的步驟; 對所述抗蝕劑膜進行曝光的步驟;以及 使用顯影液對所述經曝光的抗蝕劑膜進行顯影而形成圖案的步驟。A pattern forming method includes: A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the sensitized radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11; A step of exposing the resist film; and A step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution to form a pattern. 一種電子元件的製造方法,包括如請求項12所述的圖案形成方法。A manufacturing method of an electronic component includes the pattern forming method as described in claim 12.
TW109113580A 2019-05-29 2020-04-23 Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device TW202107201A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019100021 2019-05-29
JP2019-100021 2019-05-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202107201A true TW202107201A (en) 2021-02-16

Family

ID=73552872

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109113580A TW202107201A (en) 2019-05-29 2020-04-23 Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7254917B2 (en)
TW (1) TW202107201A (en)
WO (1) WO2020241099A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20240042197A (en) * 2021-09-21 2024-04-01 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024048281A1 (en) * 2022-08-31 2024-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4923376B1 (en) * 1970-04-28 1974-06-15
JP3305293B2 (en) * 1999-03-09 2002-07-22 松下電器産業株式会社 Pattern formation method
AU2001244719A1 (en) * 2000-04-04 2001-10-15 Daikin Industries Ltd. Novel fluoropolymer having acid-reactive group and chemical amplification type photoresist composition containing the same
JP4516250B2 (en) * 2001-09-13 2010-08-04 パナソニック株式会社 Pattern forming material and pattern forming method
WO2003031487A1 (en) * 2001-10-03 2003-04-17 Daikin Industries, Ltd. Novel fluoropolymer, resist compositions containing the same, and novel fluoromonomers
JP2004219822A (en) * 2003-01-16 2004-08-05 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive type resist composition
JP2005004158A (en) * 2003-05-19 2005-01-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive resist composition and method for forming pattern using the same
JP4557576B2 (en) * 2004-03-25 2010-10-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2009229773A (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-10-08 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition, pattern forming method using positive resist composition, and compound used for positive resist composition
KR20140007854A (en) * 2011-02-23 2014-01-20 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 Negative-pattern-forming method and photoresist composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020241099A1 (en) 2020-12-03
JPWO2020241099A1 (en) 2020-12-03
JP7254917B2 (en) 2023-04-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI804590B (en) Negative photosensitive composition for euv light, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR102652547B1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
TWI816011B (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7313443B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
TWI813846B (en) Actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, photoresist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
TW202136211A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, and electronic device production method from which a pattern having excellent LWR performance can be produced
TW202107201A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TW202124472A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202109185A (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and composition-accommodating body
TW202104143A (en) Method for producing active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TWI766074B (en) Photosensitive radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic component
TW201943745A (en) Photosensitive composition for EUV light, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW202100496A (en) Method for purifying compound that generates acid when irradiated with active light or radiation, method for producing active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TW202115133A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TW202104144A (en) Method for purifying an active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing electronic device
KR102661154B1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, manufacturing method of electronic device
CN113574079B (en) Photosensitive composition for EUV light, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7343688B2 (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film
TW202122432A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023210579A1 (en) Pattern-forming method and method for producing electronic device
TW202115491A (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, compound, and resin
CN116848468A (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device